Preview only show first 10 pages with watermark. For full document please download

Brocade Adapters Administrator`s Guide

Rating
Date

September 2018
Size

3.1MB
Views

536
Categories

Computers & electronics Computer components System components Networking cards

Transcript

53-1002143-01 08 August 2011 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide Supporting CNA models 1741, 1020, 1010, 1007 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 804, 425, 415 Supporting Fabric Adapter model 1860 ® Copyright ©2008- 2011 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Brocade, the B-wing symbol, BigIron, DCFM, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, IronView, NetIron, SAN Health, ServerIron, TurboIron, and Wingspan are registered trademarks, and Brocade Assurance, Brocade NET Health, Brocade One, Extraordinary Networks, MyBrocade, and VCS are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries. Other brands, products, or service names mentioned are or may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners. Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning any equipment, equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time, without notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability. Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government. The authors and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. shall have no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with respect to any loss, cost, liability, or damages arising from the information contained in this book or the computer programs that accompany it. The product described by this document may contain “open source” software covered by the GNU General Public License or other open source license agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, view the licensing terms applicable to the open source software, and obtain a copy of the programming source code, please visit  http://www.brocade.com/support/oscd. Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated Corporate and Latin American Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. 130 Holger Way San Jose, CA 95134 Tel: 1-408-333-8000 Fax: 1-408-333-8101 E-mail: [email protected]  Asia-Pacific Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems China HK, Ltd. No. 1 Guanghua Road Chao Yang District Units 2718 and 2818 Beijing 100020, China Tel: +8610 6588 8888 Fax: +8610 6588 9999 E-mail: [email protected] European Headquarters Brocade Communications Switzerland Sàrl Centre Swissair Tour B - 4ème étage 29, Route de l'Aéroport Case Postale 105 CH-1215 Genève 15 Switzerland Tel: +41 22 799 5640 Fax: +41 22 799 5641 E-mail: [email protected] Asia-Pacific Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen WFOE) Citic Plaza No. 233 Tian He Road North Unit 1308 – 13th Floor Guangzhou, China Tel: +8620 3891 2000 Fax: +8620 3891 2111 E-mail: [email protected] Document History Title Publication number Summary of changes Date Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 425, 415 53-1000881-01 New document June 2008 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide Supporting CNA models 1020, 1010 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 425, 415 53-1001256-01 Updates to support new features: • Boot over SAN for the CNA • Windows NIC Teaming • Target Rate Limiting on the CNA • Interrupt Coalescing on the CNA • Network Priority • BCU commands to support the new features September 2009 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide Supporting CNA models 1020, 1010 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 425, 415 53-1001587-01 Updates to support the Brocade adapters. May 2010 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide Supporting CNA models 1020, 1010 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 804, 425, 415 53-1001923-01 Updates to support the new CNA features: September 2010 • FC trunking • PXE boot enable/disable • Message timeout • FCP-IM IO profile support • Update driver • Teaming VLAN • Statistics updates for DCB, Ethernet Port, FCoE,  FCP IM Module, IOC, Firmware, Port, Realtime for DCB Port, Logical Port Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide Supporting CNA models 1741, 1020, 1010 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 804, 425, 415 53-1001923-02 Updates to support the Brocade 1741 adapter. November 2010 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide Supporting CNA models 1741, 1020, 1010, 1007 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 804, 425, 415 Supporting Fabric Adapter model 1860 53-1002143-01 New configuration features: • Creating teams with vNICs • vHBA and vNIC August 2011 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 New statistics dialog boxes: • vNIC statistics • vHBA statistics • Port statistics with new counters Added vNIC, vHBA, FCPIM BCU commands Changed existing BCU commands to support new features iii iv Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Contents About This Document In this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi Text formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi Notes, cautions, and warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi Key terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xvii Related documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xvii Brocade resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii FCoE platforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii SAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii Additional information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix Other industry resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix Getting technical help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xx Chapter 1 Host Management Overview Adapter types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Host Bus Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Converged Network Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fabric Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 AnyIO technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Changing the port mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 HCM software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Common HBA, CNA, and Fabric Adapter features . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 HBA-only features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 CNA-only features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Fabric Adapter features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Tree node pop-up menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Adapter support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 v Chapter 2 Getting Started with HCM Software HCM software launch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Launching the application on Windows platforms. . . . . . . . . . . 15 Launching the application on Linux platforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Launching the application on Solaris platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Remember password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Skip login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Changing an HCM application password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Changing an HCM agent password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 HCM configuration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Restore Data feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 HCM main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Legend Help menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 HCM product icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Event severity icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Setting up out-of-band discovery for an adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Logging off HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Chapter 3 Adapter Configuration Features supported on all adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Host security authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Basic port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Port logging level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Port speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Frame data field size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Persistent binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Path timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Target rate limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 FCP-IM profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 FC trunking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Virtual port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 HCM logging levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Name configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Boot over SAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 LUN masking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Adapter software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Features supported on the HBA and Fabric Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 QoS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Features supported on the CNA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Ethernet port configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 PXE boot support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Teaming configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 VLAN configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Features supported on the Fabric Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Virtual HBAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Virtual NICs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 vi Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Chapter 4 Monitoring Performance monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Controlling the polling frequency rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 1 No statistics are available for LUNs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Resetting statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Real-time performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Historical performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Master Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Filtering event log entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Application Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Syslog support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Opening the Syslog Server Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . 79 Registering a host server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Removing a host server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Syslog host configuration using VMware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Chapter 5 Diagnostics Fibre Channel diagnostics using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Running a hardware-level test using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Running a Fibre Channel protocol-level test using HCM . . . . . . 83 Displaying test log details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Fibre Channel diagnostics using BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 diag commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 fcdiag commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Ethernet diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Running an Ethernet test using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Running an Ethernet test using the BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Beaconing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Configuring beaconing using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Configuring beaconing using the BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 SFP management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Displaying SFP information using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Displaying SFP information using the BCU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 supportSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 supportSave collection sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Automatic statistics collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Initiating supportSave using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Initiating supportSave through a port crash event . . . . . . . . . .93 Initiating supportSave collection using a command prompt . . 93 Initiating supportSave using an Internet browser . . . . . . . . . . .93 Appendix A HCM Dialog Boxes Adapter Software dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Authentication Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 vii Backup dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 Base Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Change HCM Password dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Change HCM Agent Password dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 CNA Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 CNA Port properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 CNA Port Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Configure Names dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 DCB properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 DCB Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Define Name dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Duplicated Names dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Ethernet Port Properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Eth Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Event Properties dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Fabric Statistics dialog box (HBA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 FC port properties panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 FCoE port properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 FCoE Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 FCP IM Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131 FCP IM Module Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box . . . . . .137 Firmware Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Hardware Tests Diagnostics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 HBA Properties panel (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146 Historical Performance dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 LLDP Properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Logical Port Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 LPORT Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Lun Masking dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Master Log tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Master Log Filter dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 Persistent Binding dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Physical Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 Port POM Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Port Statistics dialog box (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Protocol Tests dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 viii Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 QoS Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166 Real-time Performance Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Remote Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 Restore dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 SFP Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Syslog Server Configuration dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Target Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Teaming Configuration dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Teaming Statistics dialog box (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 Test Log Details dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 vHBA properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) . . .183 Virtual Port Creation dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Virtual Port Deletion dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Virtual Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Virtual Port Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 VLAN Configuration dialog box (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 VLAN Configuration - Add VLAN dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . .193 VLAN Configuration - Edit VLAN dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . .194 VLAN Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195 VLAN Statistics for Team dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 vNIC properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197 vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) . . . . .198 Appendix B Brocade Command Line Utility About the BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 BCU commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 bios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 dcb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219 debug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 diag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 drvconf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227 ethboot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 ethport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 ix fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232 fcdiag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233 fcoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 fcpim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237 log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245 lport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 pbind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 pcifn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251 phy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252 port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254 qos (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261 ratelim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262 rport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263 team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265 trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269 vhba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 vnic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 vport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 Appendix C HCM Troubleshooting HCM tab navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 HCM does not restrict duplicate WWNs if BCU is used to create vports 282 HCM returns incorrect time after using Microsoft timezone.exe tool to update Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282 Index x Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Tables Table 1 Brocade Fibre Channel HBA models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Table 2 Brocade Fibre Channel CNA models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Table 3 Brocade Fabric Adapter models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Table 4 Default PF configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Table 5 HCM tree pop-up menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Table 6 Adapter operating system support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Table 7 HCM product icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Table 8 HCM Master Log icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Table 9 Basic port configuration options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Table 10 Port speed options for supported Brocade adapters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Table 11 Statistics monitored by component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Table 12 Master Log fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Table 13 Hardware-level test parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Table 14 Fibre Channel diag commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Table 15 fcdiag commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Table 16 Ethernet test options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Table 17 supportSave categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Table 18 supportSave collection sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Table 19 BCU command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 xi xii Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Figures Figure 1 HCM Login dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Figure 2 Change HCM Password dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Figure 3 Change HCM Agent Password dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Figure 4 Restore Data dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Figure 5 Host Connectivity Manager main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Figure 6 Setup for Discovery dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Figure 7 Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (adapter level) dialog box . . . . . 29 Figure 8 Basic Port Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Figure 9 vHBA Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Figure 10 vHBA Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Figure 11 Virtual Port Creation dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Figure 12 Configure HCM Logging Levels dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Figure 13 Define Name dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Figure 14 Configure Names dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Figure 15 Duplicated Names dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Figure 16 Boot-over-SAN tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Figure 17 LUN Masking tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Figure 18 Add LUN Configuration dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Figure 19 Adapter Software dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Figure 20 Eth Configuration dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Figure 21 Basic Port Configuration dialog box—PXE Boot tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Figure 22 Teaming Configuration dialog box (with VLAN support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Figure 23 Teaming Configuration dialog box with virtual NICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Figure 24 VLAN Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Figure 25 Add VLAN dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Figure 26 VLAN Configuration dialog box with Port VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Figure 27 VLAN Configuration conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Figure 28 Edit VLAN dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Figure 29 Remove VLAN warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Figure 30 vHBA Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Figure 31 Reset statistics warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Figure 32 Realtime Performance dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Figure 33 Historical Performance dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Figure 34 Master Log Filter dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Figure 35 HCM Application Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Figure 36 Syslog Server Configuration dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 xiii xiv Figure 37 Hardware-level diagnostic tests dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Figure 38 Protocol-level diagnostic tests dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Figure 39 Test Log Details dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Figure 40 Ethernet Tests dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Figure 41 SFP Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 About This Document In this section • How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Related documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Getting technical help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv xvi xvii xvii xix xx How this document is organized . This document is organized to help you find the information that you want as quickly and easily as possible. The document contains the following components: • Chapter 1, “Host Management Overview” provides a description of the Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) application software, the graphical user interface (GUI), system requirements, and supported operating systems. • Chapter 2, “Getting Started with HCM Software,” explains how to launch the management software, set security passwords, discover SAN components, and log out. • Chapter 3, “Adapter Configuration,” provides the procedures to configure operating parameters (basic and advanced), security authentication, and persistent binding using the Brocade Command Line Utility (BCU) or the GUI. • Chapter 4, “Monitoring,” describes the HCM monitoring features. • Chapter 5, “Diagnostics,” describes the non-destructive group of diagnostic commands that can be run from the BCU or the GUI. • Appendix A, “HCM Dialog Boxes,” lists the fields that are associated with the HCM GUI and provides a definition for each field. • Appendix B, “Brocade Command Line Utility,” provides reference information for the Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) commands that can be run from the Brocade Command Utility (BCU). • Appendix C, “HCM Troubleshooting,” provides a summary of HCM navigation problems and workarounds. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 xv Document conventions This section describes text formatting conventions and important notice formats used in this document. Text formatting The narrative-text formatting conventions that are used are as follows: bold text Identifies command names Identifies the names of user-manipulated GUI elements Identifies keywords and operands Identifies text to enter at the GUI or CLI italic text Provides emphasis Identifies variables Identifies paths and Internet addresses Identifies document titles code text Identifies CLI output Identifies command syntax examples For readability, command names in the narrative portions of this guide are presented in mixed lettercase: for example, switchShow. In actual examples, command lettercase is often all lowercase. Otherwise, this manual specifically notes those cases in which a command is casesensitive. Notes, cautions, and warnings The following notices and statements are used in this manual. They are listed below in order of increasing severity of potential hazards. NOTE A note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a reference to related information. ATTENTION An Attention statement indicates potential damage to hardware or data. CAUTION A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause damage to hardware, firmware, software, or data. DANGER A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you. Safety labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these conditions or situations. xvi Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Key terms For definitions specific to Brocade and Fibre Channel, see the Brocade Glossary. For definitions of SAN-specific terms, visit the Storage Networking Industry Association online dictionary at: http://www.snia.org/education/dictionary Notice to the reader This document may contain references to the trademarks of the following corporations. These trademarks are the properties of their respective companies and corporations. These references are made for informational purposes only. . Corporation Referenced trademarks and products Microsoft Corporation Windows Server, Windows XP, Windows Vista Sun Microsystems, Inc. Sun, Solaris Red Hat, Inc. Red Hat, Red Hat Network, Maximum RPM, Linux Undercover Novell, Inc. SuSE Enterprise Server (SLES), Linux VMware VMware, ESX Server Related documentation This section lists additional Brocade and industry-specific documentation that you might find helpful. Brocade resources To get up-to-the-minute information, go to http://my.brocade.com and register at no cost for a user ID and password. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 xvii Adapters For adapter resources, such as product information, software, firmware, and documentation, visit the adapters website and complete the following steps: 1. Go to www.brocade.com/adapters. 2. Navigate to the Downloads page. The Downloads and Documentation page displays for the selected adapter. 3. Select your operating system from the list or download the ISO image. For additional information on Brocade adapters, refer to the following publications: • • • • • • • Brocade Adapters Troubleshooting Guide Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual Brocade FCoE CNA Quick Installation Guide Brocade Fibre Channel HBA Quick Installation Guide Brocade Fabric Adapters Quick Installation Guide CIM Provider for Brocade Adapters Installation Guide CIM Provider for Brocade Adapters Developer’s Guide FCoE platforms For information on the Brocade FCoE switch for connecting stand-up CNAs, refer to the following publications: • • • • • • Converged Enhanced Ethernet Command Reference Converged Enhanced Ethernet Administrator’s Guide Fabric OS Command Reference Manual Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide Brocade VDX 6720 Hardware Reference Manual Brocade Network Advisor User’s Guide SAN For practical discussions about SAN design, implementation, and maintenance, you can obtain Building SANs with Brocade Fabric Switches through: http://www.amazon.com White papers, online demonstrations, and data sheets are available through the Brocade website at: http://www.brocade.com/products-solutions/products/index.page xviii Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Additional information For additional Brocade documentation, visit the Brocade SAN Info Center and click the Resource Library location: http://www.brocade.com Release notes are available on the MyBrocade website and are also bundled with the Fabric OS firmware. Other industry resources For additional resource information, visit the Technical Committee T11 website. This website provides interface standards for high-performance and mass storage applications for Fibre Channel, storage management, and other applications: http://www.t11.org For information about the Fibre Channel industry, visit the Fibre Channel Industry Association website: http://www.fibrechannel.org For information about the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) organization, visit the IEEE website: http://standards.ieee.org/ Getting technical help Contact your adapter support supplier for hardware, firmware, and software support, including product repairs and part ordering. To expedite your call, have the following information available: • • • • • Adapter model and serial number Adapter operating system version Error numbers and messages received supportSave command output Detailed description of the problem, including the switch or fabric behavior immediately following the problem, and specific questions • Description of any troubleshooting steps already performed and the results • Serial console and Telnet session logs • Syslog message logs Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 xix Document feedback Quality is our first priority at Brocade and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document. However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. Forward your feedback to: [email protected] Provide the title and version number of the document and as much detail as possible about your comment, including the topic heading and page number and your suggestions for improvement. xx Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Chapter 1 Host Management Overview In this chapter • Adapter types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 • AnyIO technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 • HCM software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 • Tree node pop-up menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 • Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 • Adapter support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Adapter types The following sections describe the three Brocade adapter types: • “Host Bus Adapters” • “Converged Network Adapters” • “Fabric Adapters” Host Bus Adapters Brocade offers five models of Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapters (HBAs). These models provide reliable, high-performance host connectivity for mission-critical SAN environments. The Brocade HBAs are listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 Brocade Fibre Channel HBA models Model number Description Brocade 825 Dual-port stand-up HBA with a per-port maximum of 8 Gbps using an 8 Gbps SFP.1 2 Brocade 815 Single-port stand-up HBA with a maximum of 8 Gbps using an 8 Gbps SFP.1 1 Brocade 8042 Dual-port mezzanine HBA with a per-port maximum of 8 Gbps. This HBA installs in server blades that install in  supported blade system enclosures. 2 Brocade 425 Dual-port stand-up HBA with a per-port maximum of 4 Gbps using a 4 Gbps SFP.3 2 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Number of ports 1 1 Adapter types TABLE 1 Brocade Fibre Channel HBA models (Continued) Model number Description Number of ports Brocade 415 Single-port stand-up HBA with a maximum of 4 Gbps using a 4 Gbps SFP.3 1 1 A 4 Gbps SFP installed in Brocade 815 or 825 HBAs allows 4, 2, or 1 Gbps speed only. Brocade 804 mezzanine cards connect to the embedded switch modules or embedded interconnect modules on the blade system chassis by way of an internal backplane and, therefore, no optical modules (SFP transceivers) are involved. With the exception of no SFP transceivers, the Brocade 804 mezzanine FC HBA card functions the same as the other Brocade HBAs. 3 An 8 Gbps SFP installed in Brocade 425 or 415 HBAs allows 4 or 2 Gbps speed only. 2 Using Brocade HBAs, you can connect your server (host system) to devices on the Fibre Channel SAN. The combined high performance and proven reliability of a single-ASIC design makes these HBAs ideal for connecting hosts to SAN fabrics based on Brocade Fabric or M-Enterprise operating systems. Converged Network Adapters Table 2 describes available Brocade Converged Network Adapters (CNAs) for PCIe x 8 host bus interfaces, hereafter referred to as Brocade CNAs. These adapters provide reliable, high-performance host connectivity for mission-critical SAN environments. TABLE 2 Brocade Fibre Channel CNA models Model number Port speed Number of ports Adapter type Brocade 1741M-k1 10 Gbps maximum 2 Expansion Brocade 1020 10 Gbps maximum 2 Stand-up Brocade 1010 10 Gbps maximum 1 Stand-up Brocade 10072 10 Gbps maximum 2 Expansion 1 The Brocade 1741M-k and Brocade 1007 are two-port 10 GbE converged network adapters that mount on a blade server that installs in a system enclosure. The adapter uses FCoE to converge standard data and storage networking data onto a shared Ethernet link. Ethernet and Fibre Channel communication are routed through the DCB ports on the adapter to the blade system enclosure midplane and onto the installed switch modules installed in the enclosure. For information on installing the Brocade converged network adapters on a blade server, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Guide. Brocade CNAs combine the functions of a Host Bus Adapter (HBA) and Network Interface Card (NIC) on one PCIe x 8 card. The CNAs appear as NICs and Fibre Channel adapters to the host. These CNAs fully support FCoE protocols and allow Fibre Channel traffic to converge onto 10 Gbps Data Center Bridging (DCB) networks. FCoE and 10 Gbps DCB operations are simultaneous. The combined high performance and proven reliability of a single-ASIC design makes these CNAs ideal for connecting host systems on Ethernet networks to SAN fabrics based on Brocade Fabric or M-Enterprise operating systems. 2 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 AnyIO technology 1 NOTE The Brocade 1741M-k and Brocade 1007 CNAs connect to the embedded switch modules or embedded interconnect modules on the blade system chassis by way of an internal backplane and, therefore, no optical modules (SFP transceivers) are involved. With the exception of no SFP transceivers, the Brocade 1741M-k and Brocade 1007 CNAs function the same as the other Brocade CNAs. Fabric Adapters Table 3 describes the available Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter model. The Brocade 1860 provides dual mode support for the port. You can configure the port mode as a 16 Gbps Fibre Channel (FC) HBA and a 10 Gbps CNA mode using the Brocade Command Utility (BCU). TABLE 3 Brocade Fabric Adapter models Model number Port speed Brocade 1860-1 16 Gbps FC HBA and 10 Gbps CNA or NIC Number of ports 1 or 2 AnyIO technology Although the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter can be shipped in a variety of small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceiver configurations, you can change port function to the following modes using Brocade AnyIO technology, provided the correct SFP transceiver is installed for the port: • HBA or Fibre Channel mode—This mode utilizes the Brocade Fibre Channel storage driver. An 8 or 16 Gbps Fibre Channel SFP transceiver can be installed for the port. The port provides Host Bus Adapter (HBA) functions on a single port so that you can connect your host system to devices on the Fibre Channel SAN. Ports with 8 Gbps SFP transceivers configured in HBA mode can operate at 2, 4, or 8 Gbps. Ports with 16 Gbps SFP transceivers configured in HBA mode can operate at 2, 4, 8, or 16 Gbps. Fabric Adapter ports set in HBA mode appear as “FC” ports when discovered in HCM. They appear as “FC HBA” to the operating system. • Ethernet or NIC mode—This mode utilizes the Brocade network driver. A 10 GbE SFP+ transceiver must be installed for the port. This mode supports basic Ethernet, Data Center Bridging (DCB), and other protocols that operate over DCB to provide functions on a single port that are traditionally provided by an Ethernet Network Interface Card (NIC). Ports configured in this mode can operate up to 10 Gbps. Fabric Adapters that ship from the factory with 10GbE SFP transceivers installed or no SFP transceivers installed are configured for Ethernet mode by default. Fabric Adapter ports set in NIC mode appear as Ethernet ports when discovered in HCM. These ports appear as “10 GbE NIC” to the operating system. • CNA mode—This mode provides all functions of Ethernet or NIC mode, plus adds support for FCoE features by utilizing the Brocade FCoE storage driver. A 10 GbE SFP+ transceiver must be installed for the port. Ports configured in CNA mode connect to an FCoE switch. The port provides all traditional CNA functions for allowing Fibre Channel traffic to converge onto 10 Gbps DCB networks. The ports appear as network interface controllers (NICs) and Fibre Channel adapters to the host. FCoE and 10 GbE operations run simultaneously. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 3 1 HCM software Fabric Adapter ports set in CNA mode appear as FCoE ports when discovered in HCM. These ports appear as “10 GbE NIC” to the operating system. Changing the port mode You can change the mode of individual ports on an adapter using the following BCU commands: • The bcu port - -mode command allows you to change the mode of individual ports on the adapter. • The bcu adapter - -mode command allows you to change all ports on the adapter to a specific AnyIO mode. For more information on these commands, refer to Appendix B, “Brocade Command Line Utility”. For general steps to change a port’s mode and information on drivers, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual. NOTE For Windows systems, you must install the drivers for the new mode after the system is rebooted. This is not required if the appropriate driver is already pre-installed in the system. When you change the port mode, the port resets to factory defaults for physical functions (PF) associated with the mode. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual for complete information on installing drivers. HCM software The Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) is a management software application for configuring, monitoring, and troubleshooting Brocade host bus adapters (HBAs), converged network adapters (CNAs), and fabric adapters in a storage area network (SAN) environment. The management software has two components: • The agent, which runs on the host • The management console, which is the graphical user interface client used to manage the adapter The information in this guide is intended for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), field service personnel, and customers who are installing Brocade hardware and HCM software. For instructions about how to install the HCM software, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual. You can manage the software on the host or remotely from another host. The communication between the management console and the agent is managed using JSON-RPC over HTTPS. NOTE All HCM, utility, CIM Provider, boot software, and driver installation packages, as well as the Driver Update Disk, are described in the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual. 4 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 HCM software 1 Common HBA, CNA, and Fabric Adapter features HCM features that are common to the host bus adapters (HBAs), converged network adapters (CNAs), and Fabric Adapters include the following: • Discovery using the agent software running on the servers attached to the SAN, which enables you to contact the devices in your SAN. • Configuration management, which enables you to configure local and remote systems. • Diagnostics, which enables you to test the adapters and the devices to which they are connected: - Link status of each adapter and its attached devices - Read/write buffer test, which tests the link between the adapter and its devices Loopback test, which is external to the adapter, to evaluate the ports (transmit and receive transceivers) and the error rate on the adapter FC protocol tests, including echo, ping, and traceroute Ethernet loopback test (CNA only) • Monitoring, which provides statistics for the SAN components. • Security, which enables you to specify a CHAP secret and configure authentication parameters. • Event notifications, which provide asynchronous notification of various conditions and problems through a user-defined event filter. • Target rate limiting, which relies on the storage driver to determine the speed capability of a discovered remote port, then uses this information to throttle the FCP traffic rates to slow-draining targets. This reduces or eliminates network congestion and alleviates I/O slowdowns on faster targets. Target rate limiting is enforced on all targets that are operating at a speed lower than that of the target with the highest speed. If the driver is unable to determine a remote port’s speed, 1 Gbps is assumed. You can change the default speed using BCU commands. Target rate limiting protects only FCP write traffic. • Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP), which provides device authentication through key management. • End-to-end beaconing between an adapter port and switch port to which it connects (requires Brocade Fabric OS 6.3.x or later). • Boot over SAN, which provides the ability to boot the host operating system from a boot device located somewhere on the SAN instead of the host’s local disk or direct attached storage. Specifically, this “boot device” is a logical unit number (LUN) located on a storage device. • Fabric-based boot LUN discovery, which allows the host to obtain boot LUN information from the fabric zone database. • Persistent binding, which enables you to permanently assign a system SCSI target ID to a specific Fibre Channel device. The persistent binding feature is supported only on Windows-based OS versions. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 5 1 HCM software • Interrupt Coalescing, which provides a method to delay generation of host interrupts and thereby combine (coalesce) processing of multiple events. This reduces the interrupt processing rate and reduces the time that the CPU spends on context switching. You can configure the following parameters per port to adjust interrupt coalescing: - Interrupt time delay. There is a time delay during which the host generates interrupts. You can increase this delay time and thereby coalesce multiple interrupts events into one. This results in fewer interrupts for interrupt events. - Interrupt latency timer. An interrupt is generated when no new reply message requests occur after a specific time period. You can adjust this time period and thereby minimize I/O latency. • Interrupt Moderation, which implements dynamic selection interrupt coalescing values based on traffic and system load profiles. Traffic is continuously monitored to place it in categories between “high throughput sensitive” and “high latency sensitive.” Similarly, the host system is monitored regularly to place it in categories between “highly loaded” and “minimally loaded.” The driver dynamically selects interrupt coalescing values based on this profiling. • Management APIs for integration with Brocade Network Advisor (BNA) and other management frameworks. • Small form-factor pluggable (SFP and SFP+) optics for enhanced serviceability. HBA-only features Brocade host bus adapters (HBAs) support the following features: • N_Port Trunking enables trunking multiple physical ports to form a single logical port, which serves as a thick, resilient pipe (for example, two 8 Gbps ports to form a 16 Gbps port). N_Port Trunking provides the benefits of simplified management with configuration tasks such as zoning because you need to specify only one WWN rather than two WWNs. With any single link failure between an HBA port and the switch, the second HBA port takes over the communication between the HBA port and the switch and this operation is transparent to the host, as both HBA ports share the same FCID. This feature works in conjunction with the trunking feature on Brocade switches. See “FC trunking” on page 38 for more information. N_Port trunking is supported on 4, 8, and 16 Gbps ports. All ports to be trunked must be set to the same speed. The following licenses must be installed on the switch connected to the HBA port: - Server Application Optimization (SAO) license Trunking license • End-to-end Quality of Service (QoS), which works in conjunction with the QoS feature on Brocade switches to assign high, medium (default), or low traffic priority to a given source or destination traffic flow. 6 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 HCM software 1 This feature is supported only on 8 and 16 Gbps ports installed on switch models that use Fabric OS 6.2 or later. The following licenses must be installed on the FCoE switch connected to the CNA port: - Adaptive Networking (AN) license Server Application Optimization (SAO) license To determine if these licenses are installed on the connected switch, execute the Fabric OS licenseshow command on that switch. For more information about Fabric OS commands and QoS support, refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide. CNA-only features Brocade converged network adapters (CNAs) support the following features: • 10 Gbps throughput per port full duplex • 2500 or 9000-byte (Jumbo) frames These frames allow data to be transferred with less effort, reduces CPU utilization, and increases throughput. Mini-jumbo frames are required to encapsulate FCoE frames on DCB. NOTE The jumbo frame size set for the network driver cannot be greater than the setting on the attached FCoE switch or the switch cannot accept jumbo frames. • Data Center Bridging Capability Exchange Protocol (DCBCXP) (802.1) Used between a CNA and an FCoE switch to exchange configurations with directly connected peers. Uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers. • Enhanced transmission selection (802.1Qaz) Provides guidelines for creating priority groups to enable guaranteed bandwidth per group. More important storage data traffic can be assigned higher priority and guaranteed bandwidth so it is not stalled by less-important traffic. • Ethernet flow control Ethernet flow control is a mechanism for managing data transmission between two network nodes to prevent a fast sender from overrunning a slow receiver. When an overwhelmed receiver generates a PAUSE frame, this halts transmission for a specified period of time. Traffic resumes when the time specified in the frame expires or PAUSE zero is received. • Flexible MAC address • Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) (802.1AB) A Layer 2 protocol that allows a network device to advertise its identity and capabilities on the local network. • Multiple virtual functions per Ethernet port Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 7 1 HCM software • Link aggregation (NIC teaming) A network interface “team” is a collection of physical Ethernet interfaces (CNA ports) acting as a single interface. Teaming overcomes problems with bandwidth limitation and redundancy often associated with Ethernet connections. Combining (aggregating) ports can increase the link speed beyond the limits of one port and provide redundancy. You can team up to eight ports across multiple CNAs in three modes: failover, failback, or 802.3ad. - Failover mode provides fault tolerance. Only one port in a team is active at a time (primary port), and the others are in standby mode. If the primary port goes down, a secondary port is chosen using a round-robin algorithm as the next primary. This port continues to be primary, even if the original primary port returns. - Failback mode is an extension of the failover mode. In addition to the events that occur during a normal failover, if the original primary port comes back up, that port again becomes the primary port. - 802.3ad is an IEEE specification that includes Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) as a method to control how several physical ports bundle to form a single logical channel. LACP allows a network device to negotiate automatic bundling of links by sending LACP packets to the peer (a device directly connected to a device that also implements LACP). This mode provides larger bandwidth in fault tolerance. Be aware when configuring ports for teaming that converged FCoE and network traffic is not supported on ports that participate in an IEEE 802.3ad-based team. This must be enforced by the user as there is no mechanism to control this in the software. • Network priority The CNA supports this feature, which provides a mechanism to enable DCB flow control (802.1Qbb Priority-based Flow Control: Pause 802.1p) on network traffic. In addition, it guarantees mutual exclusion of FCoE and network priorities to ensure proper enhanced transmission selection (ETS). This feature is not supported on HBAs. This feature does not need to be enabled on the CNA or switch. Specific DCB attributes, including priorities for FCoE traffic, are configured on the FCoE switch. These attributes propagate to the CNA DCB port through the DCBCXP. CNA firmware processes this information and derives priorities for network traffic. The network driver is notified of the network priority and tags both FCoE and network frames with their priorities. • Priority-based flow control (802.1Qbb) Defines eight priority levels to allow eight independent lossless virtual lanes. Pauses traffic based on the priority levels and restarts traffic through a high-level pause algorithm. • Receive side scaling (RSS) feature for advanced link layer Enables receive processing to be balanced across multiple processors while maintaining in-order delivery of data, parallel execution, and dynamic load balancing. • TCP segmentation offload (TSO) and large send offload (LSO) Large chunks of data must be segmented to smaller segments to pass through network elements. LSO increases outbound throughput by reducing CPU overhead. Offloading to the network card, where segmentation can be done by the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), is called TCP segmentation. • Virtual function-level statistics 8 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 HCM software 1 • VLAN (802.1Q) A Virtual LAN (VLAN) is a way to provide segmentation of an Ethernet network. A VLAN is a group of hosts with a common set of requirements that communicate as if they were attached to the same LAN segment, regardless of their physical location. A VLAN has the same attributes as a physical LAN, but it allows for end stations to be logically grouped together. The CNA supports multiple VLANs on ports. • VLAN filtering and tagging A mechanism that allows multiple networks to transparently share the same physical network link without leakage of information between networks. Switches are configured to insert an appropriate VLAN tag into all data frames arriving from devices in a given VLAN. After the frames are switched, the VLAN tag is stripped before the frame is sent back to the devices. In this way, traffic from devices in one VLAN cannot be leaked to another VLAN. • VLAN discovery using proprietary logic Provides the ability to discover VLANs in the Ethernet network. • VMware NetQueue and Microsoft Hyper-V VMQ Improves performance in 10 GbE virtualized environments. Requires MSI-X support on the host system. • BIOS support: - x86 and x64 Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) - Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) - PCI BIOS 2.1 or later • Diagnostics, which enables you to test the adapters and the devices to which they are connected: - Ethernet loopback test Fabric Adapter features The 16 Gbps FC/10 Gbps Ethernet ASIC used on the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter models provides connectivity to two 10 Gbps Ethernet (10 GE) ports or two 16 Gbps Fibre Channel (FC) ports on the network side. AnyIO configurations, virtual HBAs (vHBAs), and virtual NICs are supported only on the  16 Gbps FC/10 Gbps Ethernet ASIC used on the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter models. AnyIO support The Brocade AnyIO technology enables the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter to combine a Fibre Channel HBA, a CNA, and a NIC in a single adapter. You can choose, on a port-by-port basis, the connectivity protocol. Each port on the Brocade 1860 can be independently configured in any of the following modes: • HBA mode—Appears as an FC HBA to the operating system. It supports 16, 8, and 4 Gbps Fibre Channel when using a 16 Gbps SFP+ and 8, 4, or 2 Gbps when using an 8 Gbps SFP+. • NIC mode—Appears as a 10 GbE NIC to the operating system. It supports 10 GbE with DCB, iSCSI, and TCP/IP simultaneously. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 9 1 HCM software • CNA mode—Appears as two independent devices: an FC HBA (using FCoE) and a 10 GbE NIC to the operating system. It supports 10 GbE with DCB, FCoE, iSCSI, and TCP/IP simultaneously. Although the Brocade 1860 is initially configured with a default mode of either a Fibre Channel adapter or a CNA or NIC adapter on all ports, you can change one or both ports to another mode. You can then configure the physical functions (PFs) associated with the physical base port to the appropriate mode (FC or Ethernet). Table 4 shows the default PF configurations for the various modes. TABLE 4 Default PF configurations Mode Number of PFs configured per port PF configuration HBA 1 FC CNA 2 Ethernet + FCoE NIC 1 Ethernet vNIC The vNIC BCU commands enable you to configure a single physical CNA Ethernet port into multiple virtual Network Interface Cards (vNICs). The Ethernet port must be configured as a CNA or NIC. Virtual NICs are supported only on the 16 Gbps FC/10 Gbps Ethernet ASIC. NOTE You cannot configure the virtual NICs using HCM. For a port configured as a NIC, four vNICs can be configured. For a port configured as a CNA, one vHBA and 3 vNICs canbe configured. Refer to “vnic” on page 274 for BCU configuration information. vHBA For this release, multiple virtual HBAs (vHBAs) are not supported. You can, however, configure the physical base port as a vHBA. The Target Rate Limiting, Quality of Service (QoS), and Boot over SAN features can be configured on the vHBA. Refer to “Virtual HBAs” on page 68 for configuration information. 10 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 1 Tree node pop-up menus Tree node pop-up menus You can use the HCM GUI main menu or the Brocade Command Line Utility (BCU) to configure, monitor, and troubleshoot your SAN components. The instructions for using each feature are detailed in subsequent chapters of this document. For each SAN component, you can optionally right-click its icon and a pop-up menu displays (see Table 5). NOTE HCM features display differently depending on the configuration. All drivers install for a CNA and only the storage driver installs for an HBA. TABLE 5 HCM tree pop-up menus Define/Configure Name Update Boot Image (using the Adapter Software dialog box) Update Driver (using the Adapter Software dialog box) Basic Port Configuration Enable FC Trunking Enable Adapter Enable Port FC-SP > Authentication | Authentication Statistics Beacon > Port | Link Authentication VLAN Configuration Change Password for Agent or HCM User Teaming (Windows only) Teaming for VLAN HCM Logging Levels Syslog Monitor > Statistics > Teaming Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Target Device Base Port FC Port HBA Port HBA (4 or 8 Gbps) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Virtual Port > Create | Delete Diagnostics Ethernet Port • • • • • vHBA Configuration Persistent Binding FCoE Port CNA View Name Display > Name | WWN/MAC | Hardware Path Host Feature DCB Port Device Support • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 11 1 Drivers TABLE 5 HCM tree pop-up menus (Continued) Monitor > Statistics > Port Target Device Base Port FC Port HBA Port HBA (4 or 8 Gbps) Ethernet Port FCoE Port DCB Port CNA Feature Host Device Support • • Monitor > Statistics > Port | Firmware | QoS • • Monitor > Statistics > vHBA Statistics • Monitor > Statistics > vNIC Statistics | VLAN Statistics • Monitor > Statistics > Fabric | vHBA • Monitor > Logical Port Statistics • Monitor > Statistics > Target | FCP IM Performance > Enable Historical Data Collection Performance > Real-time | Historical Statistics | Enable Historical Data Collection Support Save Backup HCM Data Restore > HCM Data | VLAN | Team • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drivers Three types of adapter drivers are provided in installation packages: • Storage driver - This is a unified driver that provides Fibre Channel frame transport for Brocade HBAs and FCoE transport for Brocade CNAs. The adapter logic detects either an FCoE or Fibre Channel network and the appropriate driver support is provided automatically. NOTE The unified storage driver will claim all installed Brocade Fiber Channel HBAs, as well as FCoE CNAs installed in a system. This driver will be used instead of the driver originally installed for the HBA. • Network driver - This is the driver for frame transport over Ethernet and basic Ethernet services. This driver only applies to CNAs. • Intermediate driver - This is for Windows systems only. It provides support for multiple VLANs on ports. This driver only applies to CNAs. The firmware is packaged with both the Storage driver and the Network driver so that it can be downloaded by either of the drivers. The firmware is also stored in the flash memory for SAN boot. For more information about the driver packages, support for the drivers, and driver installation, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual. 12 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Adapter support 1 Adapter support The HBAs and CNAs are supported on the operating systems listed in Table 6. NOTE HCM cannot be installed on Windows Server Core. TABLE 6 Adapter operating system support Type of adapter Description of adapter Operating systems supported 815 8 Gbps HBA, 1 port Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris 825 8 Gbps HBA, 2 port Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris 415 4 Gbps HBA, 1 port Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris 425 4 Gbps HBA, 2 port Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris 804 8 Gbps HBA dual port card for HP Blade Server Linux, Windows, VMware Host Bus Adapter Converged Network Adapter 1741M 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port for Dell Blade Server Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris 1007 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port for IBM Blade Center Linux, Windows, VMware 1010 10 Gbps CNA, 1 port Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris 1020 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris 16 Gbps FC HBA and 10 Gbps CNA or NIC Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris Fabric Adapter 1860-1 For a complete list of supported operating systems for the Ethernet link layer driver and the FC/FCoE driver, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual. For the latest support information, refer to the release notes for your adapter software version. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 13 1 14 Adapter support Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Chapter 2 Getting Started with HCM Software In this chapter • HCM software launch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • HCM main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Legend Help menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Logging off HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 21 22 23 25 HCM software launch The following procedures describe how to launch the HCM application in Windows, Linux, and Solaris. • “Launching the application on Windows platforms” • “Launching the application on Linux platforms” • “Launching the application on Solaris platforms” Launching the application on Windows platforms After installing the HCM software, locate Brocade HCM on the Windows platform by selecting  Start > Programs > Brocade Adapter Software > Host Connectivity Manager. OR Click the desktop icon to launch the application. The Host Connectivity Manager Login dialog box, as shown in Figure 1, displays. FIGURE 1 HCM Login dialog box The factory default user ID and password are Administrator and password. After you log in for the first time, you should change the default password to a new one using the HCM GUI. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 15 2 HCM software launch Launching the application on Linux platforms After installing the HCM software, locate Brocade HCM on the Linux platform. • If using a GNOME shell, double-click the Host_Connectivity_Manager icon to launch the application. • If using a KDE shell, click the Host_Connectivity_Manager icon to launch the application. OR Start the application from the command prompt using the following commands: suse116208:~ # cd /opt/brocade/adapter/client suse116208: ./Host_Connectivity_Manager Launching the application on Solaris platforms After installing the HCM software, you can launch the Brocade HCM application on the Solaris platform by double-clicking the Host_Connectivity_Manager icon. OR Start the application from the command prompt using the following commands: sun-116190# cd /adapter/client/ sun-116190# ./Host_Connectivity_Manager Remember password The Login dialog box has a check box to remember the password. If you check the Remember password check box, you do not need to enter the password the next time you launch the application. Skip login Take one of the following actions to manage the Skip Login feature: • Enable Skip Login by checking the Skip Login Dialog check box. If the Skip Login Dialog check box is checked, it automatically disables the Remember password option. • Disable Skip Login by setting the HBAApplication.properties filename in the  \HCM\data folder. • Select the Skip Login Dialog check box if you do not want the Login dialog box to appear the next time the application is started. 16 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 HCM software launch 2 Changing an HCM application password You can change the default password of the application to a different password using the Change HCM Password dialog box. Note the following when you change a password: • You must validate your user identity by supplying your old password before you can change to a new password. The new password must be different from the old password. • The password can begin with an alphabetic, numeric, or special character. • The default minimum and maximum length of the password is 8 and 64 characters. You can configure the password length in the HBAApplication.properties file: # min chars for the application password password_min=8 #max chars for the application password password_max=64 • The password is encrypted and stored in the noitacitnehtua.properties file. 1. From the Host Connectivity Manager, select Configure > Change Password > Change Password for HCM User. The Change HCM Password dialog box, shown in Figure 2, displays. FIGURE 2 Change HCM Password dialog box 2. Type the current password for the account. The default user name and password are Administrator and password. 3. Type the new password of the account. The new password must have at least one character different from the old password. 4. Retype the new password in the Confirm New password field. 5. Click OK. NOTE Both the user name and passwords are case-sensitive. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 17 2 HCM software launch Changing an HCM agent password You can change the default password of the agent to a different password using the Change HCM Agent Password dialog box. Note the following when you change a password: • You must validate your user identity by supplying your old password before you can change to a new password. The new password must be different from the old password. • The password can begin with an alphabetic, numeric, or special character. • The default minimum and maximum length of the password is 8 and 64 characters. You can configure the password length in the HBAApplication.properties file: # min chars for the agent password agent_password_min=8 # max chars for the agent password agent_password_max=64 NOTE The Agent password is stored in the agent.passwd file in the /opt/brocade/adapter/hbaagent/conf/ folder for Linux and Solaris and the c:\Program Files\Brocade\Adapter\Driver\util\hbaagent\conf folder for Windows. 1. From the Host Connectivity Manager, click Configure > Change Password > Change Agent Password. The Change HCM Agent Password dialog box, shown in Figure 3, displays. FIGURE 3 Change HCM Agent Password dialog box 2. Type the current password for the account. The default user name and password are admin and password. 3. Type the new password of the account. The new password must have at least one character different from the old password. 4. Retype the new password in the Confirm New password field. 5. Click OK. NOTE Both the user name and passwords are case-sensitive. 18 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 HCM software launch 2 HCM configuration data HCM configuration data is compatible between the following HCM software versions: • • • • • • 3.0.x.x 2.3.x.x 2.2.x.x 2.1.x.x 2.0.x.x 1.1.x.x Configuration data that is backed-up when prompted during software removal with the Adapter Software Uninstaller and when using the HCM Backup dialog box includes the following application configuration files: • • • • • • • HBAApplication.properties SetupDiscovery.properties HbaAliasdb.properties log4j.xml noitacitnehtua.properties Syslog.properties Logging.properties Restore Data feature You can use the Restore Data dialog box to restore data that has been previously backed-up. The Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) stores the location and version details of the most recently-taken backed-up data and automatically points to the location of the data. NOTE Use HCM 2.1 or later to restore backed-up data. HCM 2.0 and earlier versions do not support the Restore Data feature. The following data is restored: • • • • • • HBA application configuration data (HBAApplication.properties) HCM user authentication data (noitacitnehtua.properties) Alias Configuration data (HbaAliasdb.properties) Setup Discovery data (SetupDiscovery.properties) Syslog data (Syslog.properties) HCM Logging data (Logging.properties and log4j.xml) Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 19 2 HCM software launch Restoring backed-up data You must use HCM 2.1 or later to restore backed-up data. 1. Select the host, an HBA, or a port from the device tree. 2. Select Tool > Restore > HCM Data from the main menu. The Restore Data dialog box, shown in Figure 4, displays. FIGURE 4 Restore Data dialog box 3. Click the Restore from previous backup data at option, and then click Browse and navigate to where the last backed-up file resides. OR Click the Restore default data option. If you click this option, the Browse field is grayed out and the last restored data file is automatically retrieved. 4. Click Start Restore. 5. Restart the HCM application for the restoration to take effect. The backed-up data that you selected is restored. Restoring existing VLANs and teams You must use HCM 2.2 or later to restore VLANs and teams. This is a Windows-only feature. 1. Select a host, a CNA, or a DCB port from the device tree. 2. Select Tool > Restore > VLAN and Team from the main menu. An HCM message displays when the restoration is complete. 20 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 2 HCM main window HCM main window From the Host Connectivity Manager main window, you can manage all the adapters installed in this computer. Alternatively, you can manage adapters installed in remote computers, if the computers are networked. Only one host can be managed at a time; multiple host management is not supported. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual for instructions on how to install both the driver and GUI, the driver only, or the GUI only. The Host Connectivity Manager main window, shown in Figure 5, displays. 4 1 2 6 3 5 1. Menu bar 2. Device tree window 3. Master log 4. Online help 5. System information 6. Context view FIGURE 5 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Host Connectivity Manager main window 21 2 Legend Help menu Legend Help menu To display the HCM product icons and the event severity icons, select Help > Legends from the Host Connectivity Manager. HCM product icons On the left side of the Host Connectivity Manager, there is a navigation tree for representing the managed host with adapters and ports. Each tree node has an icon to represent the type of node. If the operational status is offline, link-down, or error, a small red diamond appears on the upperright corner of the icon. Table 7 shows the product icons that represent the components that HCM manages. TABLE 7 22 HCM product icons Host (agent up) Remote Port (Initiator) online Host (agent down) Remote Port (Initiator) offline HBA online Remote Port (Target) online HBA offline Remote Port (Target) offline CNA offline Ethernet Port Port (with SFP) link up Base Port (link up) Port (with SFP) link down Base Port (link down) Port (without SFP) link up Virtual Port (online) Port (without SFP) link down Virtual Port (offline) Pre-boot configured device Beacon status FCoE Port LUN Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Discovery 2 Event severity icons Table 8 describes the icons that represent the four event types. Event filtering enables you to block events based on user-defined criteria (severity or type of log). Events that have been filtered out do not appear in the Master Log. For information about how to filter events, refer to “Filtering event log entries” on page 77. TABLE 8 Icon HCM Master Log icons Description Critical-level messages indicate that the software has detected serious problems that will eventually cause a partial or complete failure of a subsystem if not corrected immediately; for example, a power supply failure or rise in temperature must receive immediate attention. Major messages represent conditions that do not impact overall system functionality significantly. For example, timeouts on certain operations, failures of certain operations after retries, invalid parameters, or failure to perform a requested operation. Minor messages highlight a current operating condition that should be checked or it might lead to a failure in the future. For example, a power supply failure in a redundant system relays a warning that the system is no longer operating in redundant mode and that the failed power supply needs to be replaced or fixed. Information-level messages report the current non-error status of the system components; for example, the online and offline status of a fabric port. Discovery Discovery enables you to contact the adapters present in a specified host in your SAN. The setup discovery profile is saved in the SetupDiscovery.properties file to remember the history of each host and related attributes of discovered hosts. When you log in to HCM, the specified host is automatically contacted (discovered) and displayed on the navigation tree. The local host is the default. When you configure and turn on discovery, the application discovers Brocade adapters in that host, connected to the SAN. NOTE The HCM application enables you to discover Brocade adapters, ports, virtual ports, remote ports, and LUNs using out-of-band discovery only. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 23 2 Discovery Setting up out-of-band discovery for an adapter When performing out-of-band discovery, you are managing the adapter remotely. The application connects to the agent running on the host server over the IP network and product information is copied back from the Brocade adapter to the server. If you do not configure the application to directly discover the devices, the connections and attached devices may not display correctly. 1. From the Host Connectivity Manager, click Discovery > Setup. The Setup for Discovery dialog box, shown in Figure 6, displays. FIGURE 6 Setup for Discovery dialog box 2. From the Host Name list, select a host to be managed. Initially, the Host Name list will contain only the Local host. You must specify the host name or the IP address for discovering the remote servers. Only previously-discovered servers are available in the Host Name list. 3. Type the port number in the Port Number field. The default is 34568. 4. Type the user ID and password that will authenticate the SAN product with the agent. The default user ID and password are admin and password. It is recommended you change the agent password on the host for security reasons. NOTE Click the Remember Host check box if you do not want to type it each time you set up discovery. 5. In the Polling Frequency (seconds) field, specify the value for how frequently the application has to poll for newly discovered devices. All parameters related to the adapters that are installed in that server are refreshed each time the poll occurs. NOTE If the Keep Polling check box is selected, polling occurs after the specified polling interval. If the check box is not selected, polling stops. 6. Click OK. 24 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Logging off HCM 2 Logging off HCM End the HCM session using one of the following methods: • From the Host Connectivity Manager, click File > Exit. • Click the X in the upper-right corner of the HCM window to close it. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 25 2 26 Logging off HCM Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Chapter 3 Adapter Configuration In this chapter • Features supported on all adapters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Features supported on the HBA and Fabric Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Features supported on the CNA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Features supported on the Fabric Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 57 58 68 Features supported on all adapters The following features can be configured on the host bus adapter (HBA), the converged network adapter (CNA), or Fabric Adapter: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • “Host security authentication” on page 28 “Basic port configuration” on page 30 “Port logging level” on page 31 “Port speed” on page 32 “Frame data field size” on page 33 “Persistent binding” on page 33 “Path timeout” on page 34 “Target rate limiting” on page 35 “FCP-IM profiles” on page 36 “FC trunking” on page 38 “Virtual port configuration” on page 40 “HCM logging levels” on page 42 “Name configuration” on page 43 “Boot over SAN” on page 50 “LUN masking” on page 53 “Adapter software” on page 55 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 27 3 Features supported on all adapters Host security authentication Use the HCM GUI or the Brocade Command Line Utility (BCU) to display the authentication settings and status. There are five well-known DH groups; however, only DH-CHAP group 0, called NULL DH, is supported. NOTE Security authentication is not supported on Solaris platforms. Configuring security authentication using HCM You can access the Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box by selecting the host, an HBA, or an HBA port from the device tree. NOTE Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) configuration is not available for Solaris platforms. 1. Select the appropriate device based on how you want to configure security authentication: • From the host level, select the host from the device tree. • From the HBA level, select the adapter from the device tree. • From an HBA port, select a port from the device tree. Security authentication is not supported on the DCB port or the Ethernet port. 2. Select Configure > Authentication from the main menu, or perform the appropriate following step to open the security authentication dialog box: • From the host level, right-click the host and select Authentication from the list. The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (host level) dialog box displays, as shown in Figure 7. The adapter level and host level dialog boxes are not identical; the host level displays a list of identified adapters to the left of the port number. • From the adapter level, right-click the adapter and select Authentication from the list. The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (adapter level) dialog box displays. • From the adapter port level, right-click a port and select FC-SP > Authentication from the list. The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box at the port level displays. 28 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters FIGURE 7 3 Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (adapter level) dialog box 3. Configure the following parameters on the Port Security Authentication tab: a. Select the Enable Authentication check box to enable or disable the authentication policy.  If authentication is enabled, the port attempts to negotiate with the switch. If the switch does not participate in the authentication process, the port skips the authentication process. b. Type and retype the secret.   The minimum length is 8 alphanumeric characters and the maximum length is 40 alphanumeric characters for the CHAP secret. There are no default secrets. c. Select the algorithm type from the list: • MD5 - A hashing algorithm that verifies a message’s integrity using Message Digest version 5. • SHA1 - A secure hashing algorithm that computes a 160-bit message digest for a data file that is provided as input. • MD5SH1 - Similar to the MD5 hashing algorithm, but used for DH-CHAP authentication. • SHA1MD5 - Similar to the SHA1 hashing algorithm, but used for DH-CHAP authentication. d. Select DHNULL as the group value (this is the only group that is supported). 4. Click Apply to apply the changes. 5. Click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 29 3 Features supported on all adapters Configuring security authentication using the BCU Enter the following commands to display or configure security authentication for the ports: • • • • • • bcu auth - -algo bcu auth - -policy bcu auth - -secret bcu auth - -show bcu auth - -stats bcu auth - -statsclr Refer to “auth” on page 212 for details about these commands. Basic port configuration For each port, you can configure the following parameters using the Basic Port Configuration dialog box, the Brocade Command Utility (BCU), or both. Table 9 lists the features and configuration options. NOTE You can view the Data Center Bridging (DCB) configuration using the Host Connectivity Manager (HCM), but you cannot configure the DCB switch using the HCM. To configure and manage the DCB switch, refer to the Converged Enhanced Ethernet Administrator’s Guide. TABLE 9 Basic port configuration options Port configuration parameter 1 30 Configurable using HCM Configurable using the BCU For more information Port logging level Yes Yes “Port logging level” Configure speed Note: You cannot configure the speed for Brocade models 1010, 1020, and 1860 in CNA mode. Yes Yes “Port speed” Frame data field size Yes Yes “Frame data field size” Persistent Binding Note: The persistent binding option is available on Windows platforms only. Yes Yes “Persistent binding” QoS (HBA and Fabric Adapter only) Yes Yes “QoS” Path Timeout (vHBA only) Note: Path timeout value (pathtov) is valid for firmware version 2.0 and later. It is not supported on the Solaris operating system. Yes Yes “Path timeout” Target Rate Limiting Yes Yes “Target rate limiting” FCP-IM IO profile on (vHBA only) Yes Yes “FCP-IM profiles” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 Opening the Basic Port Configuration dialog box You can access the Basic Port Configuration dialog box by selecting the host, adapter, or adapter port from the device tree. There are slight differences in the HCM Basic Port Configuration dialog box depending on the operating system. 1. Select a device from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the main menu. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 8, displays. FIGURE 8 Basic Port Configuration dialog box Port logging level The number of messages logged by the host depends on the predetermined logging level. Although the adapter might generate many messages, only certain types of messages are logged based on the specified logging level. Configuring the port logging level using HCM 1. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Select a value from the Port Logging Level list. Supported values are Log Critical, Log Error, Log Warning, and Log Info. 3. Click Apply to apply the changes. 4. Click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 31 3 Features supported on all adapters Configuring the port logging level using the BCU Enter the following command to set the logging level on the port. bcu log - -level [] [-m ] Refer to “log” on page 245 for details about this command. Port speed Port speed is the maximum amount of data that can pass through the port at a given second. The unit of measurement is in gigabits per second (Gbps). The available speed options depend on the HBA’s speed and the port’s SFP. Auto-negotiate is the recommended setting and it is the default. Maximum port speeds for Brocade adapters are listed in Table 10. TABLE 10 Port speed options for supported Brocade adapters Brocade adapter Maximum port speed Comments Brocade 425/415 4 Gbps An 8 Gbps SFP installed in Brocade 425 or 415 HBAs allow 2 or 4 Gbps speeds only. Brocade 825/815 8 Gbps A 4 Gbps SFP installed in Brocade 815 or 825 HBAs allows 4, 2, or 1 Gbps speed only. The 8 Gbps HBA supports the 1 Gbps speed at the driver level, but it does not support 1 Gbps in a BIOS/BOS configuration. Brocade 804 8 Gbps Dual-port mezzanine HBA with a per-port maximum of 8 Gbps. This HBA installs in server blades in supported HP blade system enclosures. Brocade 1741M-k 10 Gbps 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port for Dell Blade Server Brocade 1020/1010 10 Gbps N/A Brocade 1007 10 Gbps 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port for IBM Blade Center Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter 16 Gbps FC HBA or 10 Gbps CNA Provides AnyIO support for the port. You can configure the port mode as a 16 Gbps Fibre Channel (FC) HBA and a 10 Gbps CNA using the BCU. Configuring the port speed using HCM 1. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Select a value from the Configured Speed list. 3. Click Apply to apply the changes. A port disable/enable configuration dialog box displays, confirming the configured speed, which will take effect when the port is disabled and then re-enabled. 4. Click Yes to continue, or No to cancel the operation. 5. Click OK to close the dialog box. 32 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 Configuring the port speed using the BCU Enter the following command to set the port speed. bcu port - -speed [] Refer to “port” on page 254 for details about this command. Frame data field size Buffer credits determine the maximum amount of frame data. If the number of buffer credits is not large enough to handle the link distance and speed, performance can be severely limited. Specifying the maximum frame size using HCM 1. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Select the frame size from the Frame Data Field Size list. Options include 512, 1024, 2048, 2112 Mbps, and auto. The default value is 2112. 3. Click Apply to apply the change. 4. Click OK to close the dialog box. Configuring the frame data field size using the BCU The dfsize command sets the ports maximum receive data field size. If you do not specify a value, the driver default receive buffer size (2112) displays. NOTE The new receive data field size takes effect when the port is re-enabled. Enter the following command to set the frame data field size. bcu port - -dfsize [] Refer to “port” on page 254 for details about this command. Persistent binding NOTE Persistent binding is for Windows OS versions only. Persistent binding enables you to permanently assign a system SCSI target ID to a specific FC device. Persistent binding can be achieved by binding to world wide port name (WWPN), world wide node name (WWNN), or device ID (DID). You can access the Persistent Binding dialog box by selecting the host or an HBA, a CNA, a DCB port, or an FCoE port from the device tree. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 33 3 Features supported on all adapters Enabling and disabling persistent binding using HCM Persistent binding can be enabled or disabled from the HCM GUI using the following steps. 1. Launch the Basic Port Configuration dialog box at the port level. 2. Select or clear the Persistent Binding check box in the Basic Port Configuration dialog box. NOTE The Persistent Binding check box is not available for Solaris, Linux, or VMware agents. Query the status of persistent binding using the BCU Using the --list operand, you can query the list of mappings from the persistent binding module. Enter the following commands to list and clear target persistent binding mappings. • bcu pbind - -list • bcu pbind - -clear Refer to “pbind” on page 250 for details about this command. Enabling and disabling persistent binding using the BCU Enter the following command to enable or disable persistent binding. • bcu drvconf - -key pbind_enable [0|1] • bcu drvconf - -key pbind_disable [0|1] Path timeout With path timeout values (TOVs), you can either force an immediate failover (by setting the TOV to 0) or you can specify a delay in seconds (1 through 60 seconds). The path timeout feature is available only for vHBAs. Specifying path timeout using HCM 1. Select an FC or FCoE port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > vHBA Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The vHBA Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 9, displays. 34 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters FIGURE 9 3 vHBA Configuration dialog box 3. Specify the path timeout value in the Path Timeout field. The default timeout value (TOV) is 30 seconds. 4. Click OK to close the dialog box. Specifying path timeout using the BCU Enter the following command to specify the optional path timeout value in seconds (1 through 60). The default TOV is 30 seconds. A value of 0 is not allowed from the BCU. bcu fcpim --pathtov Refer to “fcpim” on page 237 for details about this command. Target rate limiting The target rate limiting feature is used to minimize congestion at the adapter port caused by a slow drain device operating in the fabric at a slower speed. A remote port’s operating speed is determined from the fabric, and then the information is used to throttle the transmitted traffic rate to that remote port. Traffic destined to the remote port is limited to its current operating speed. Limiting the data rate to slower targets ensures that there is no buffer-to-buffer credit back-pressure between the switch due to a slow-draining target. Enabling and disabling rate limiting on the adapter side using HCM Target rate limiting is supported only when the adapter port is connected to the fabric. Therefore, target rate limiting is not supported when the port is directly connected with another device. 1. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Enable the target rate limiting feature by clicking the corresponding check box. 3. Select the default rate limit from the list. Options include 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, and 4 Gbps. The default is 2 Gbps. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 35 3 Features supported on all adapters NOTE The default rate limit shows 2, 4, and 8 Gbps speeds if the Brocade 1860 adapter is in FC mode. 4. Click OK to close the dialog box. Enabling and disabling rate limiting on the adapter side using the BCU Enter the following commands to enable or disable rate limiting on the adapter side: NOTE You must first enter the bcu port --disable command, followed by the bcu port --enable command, before the bcu ratelim --enable or bcu ratelim --disable commands take effect. • • • • bcu ratelim --enable bcu ratelim --disable bcu ratelim --query bcu ratelim --defspeed [<1|2|4|8>] Refer to “ratelim” on page 262 for details about this command. FCP-IM profiles Fibre Channel Protocol initiator mode (FCP-IM) profiling is used to gather the input/output (I/O) latency information based on I/O size. The I/O latency feature is turned on at the physical port level; however, profile data is gathered at the I-T nexus level. If the FCP-IM profile feature is turned on, the driver firmware categories the I/O latency data into average, minimum, and maximum categories for the following input/output (I/O) operations: • Less than or equal to 8,000 I/Os I/O latency minimum, maximum, and average is less than 54 milliseconds (ms). • Greater than 8,000 but less than or equal to 64,000 I/Os I/O latency minimum, maximum, and average is less than 54 milliseconds (ms). • Greater than 64,000 but less than or equal to 128,000 I/Os I/O latency minimum, maximum, and average is less than 54 milliseconds (ms). • Greater than 128,000 but less than or equal to 256,000 I/Os I/O latency minimum, maximum, and average is less than 54 milliseconds (ms). • Greater than 256,000 but less than or equal to 512,000 I/Os I/O latency minimum, maximum, and average is less than 54 milliseconds (ms). • Greater than 512,000 but less than or equal to 1,000,000 I/Os I/O latency minimum, maximum, and average is less than 54 milliseconds (ms). • Greater than 1,000,000 I/Os I/O latency minimum is 96 ms, maximum is 128 ms, and average is 109 ms. 36 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 Enabling and disabling FCP-IM profiles using HCM FCP-IM profiling is available only for vHBAs. Complete the following steps to set the port I/O profiling to on or off using the HCM. 1. Select an FC or FCoE port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > vHBA Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The vHBA Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 10, displays. FIGURE 10 vHBA Configuration dialog box 3. Enable the FCP-IM I/O profile on feature by clicking the corresponding check box. 4. Click Apply to activate the change. 5. Click OK to close the dialog box. Enabling and disabling FCP-IM profiles using the BCU Enter the following commands to set the FCP-IM I/O profiling to on or off using the BCU: • bcu fcpim --profile_on • bcu fcpim --profile_off Refer to “fcpim” on page 237 for details about this command. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 37 3 Features supported on all adapters FC trunking The FC trunking feature works in conjunction with the trunking feature on Brocade switches, whereby the Fabric Operating System (FOS) provides a mechanism to trunk different switch ports of the same port group into one. When FC trunking is enabled, two physical ports belonging to the same Brocade dual-port HBA are trunked together to form a logical Fibre Channel port. Both HBA ports must be operating at the same speed while in trunk mode. The following licenses must be installed on the switch connected to the HBA port: • Server Application Optimization (SAO) license • Trunking license Before enabling trunking, consider the following requirements: • When trunking is enabled, a trunked logical port (Port 0) is created and reported per adapter. Most BCU commands are applicable in this logical port's context only. • Before enabling trunking on the adapter, you must first enable trunking on the connected switch and assign the trunk area. Follow the steps in “Enabling FC trunking on Brocade switches and adapters” for configuring trunking on the switch and adapter. • Both adapter ports should be connected to the same port group on the switch. • Only two ports on the same HBA can participate in trunking and both ports should be operating at the same speed. • FC Trunking is supported on the dual-port cards only. • FC Trunking is on supported on 8 Gbps ports installed on switch models using Fabric OS 6.4.1 or later. Enabling FC trunking on Brocade switches and adapters Enabling FC trunking requires configuration both on the FC switch and the Brocade adapter, as described in the following sections. If you do not follow the steps in order, one of the ports will be persistently disabled. 1. On the switch side, perform the following steps: a. Configure both ports for trunking using the portCfgTrunkPort command. switch:admin> portcfgtrunkport 3/40 1 (Mode 1 is used to enable trunking on the port) switch:admin> portcfgtrunkport 3/41 1 b. Disable the ports to be used for trunking using the portDisable command. switch:admin> portdisable 3/40 switch:admin> portdisable 3/41 c. Enable the trunk on the ports using the portTrunkArea command. switch:admin> porttrunkarea --enable 3/40-41 -index 296 Trunk index 296 enabled for ports 3/40 and 3/41. 2. On the host side, enable trunking as described in “Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using HCM” on page 40 or “Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using the BCU” on page 40. 38 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 3. On the switch side, enable the ports using the portEnable command. switch:admin> portenable 3/40 switch:admin> portenable 3/41 4. Query whether trunking is enabled using the following commands: • On the adapter side, enter bcu trunk --query . • On the switch side, enter switch:root> porttrunkarea --show . Disabling FC trunking on Brocade switches and adapters Disabling FC trunking requires configuration both on the FC switch and the Brocade adapter, as described in the following sections. 1. On the switch side, perform the following steps: a. Disable the trunk ports on the switch using the portDisable command. switch:admin> portdisable 8-9 (where 8 and 9 are trunked ports) b. Disable trunking on the ports using the portTrunkArea command. switch:admin> porttrunkarea --enable 3/40-41 -index 296 Trunk index 296 enabled for ports 3/40 and 3/41. a. Disable the trunk configuration on the ports using the portCfgTrunkPort command. switch:admin> portcfgtrunkport 3/40 1 switch:admin> portcfgtrunkport 3/41 1 2. On the host side, disable trunking as described in “Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using HCM” on page 40 or “Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using the BCU” on page 40. 3. On the switch side, enable the ports using the portEnable command. switch:admin> portenable 3/40 switch:admin> portenable 3/41 Disabling trunking in a boot over SAN configuration By default, the trunking feature is disabled on the HBA. If the trunking feature is enabled, you must disable the trunking on an HBA. Disabling trunking if the adapter is used to boot over SAN 1. Disable port 1 (the second port) on the HBA using BCU commands or HCM. 2. Disable trunking on the HBA using BCU commands or HCM. 3. Shut down the operating system. 4. Disable trunking on the switch by disabling the previously-assigned trunk area. 5. Start the operating system. 6. Enable port 1 (the second port) on the HBA using BCU commands or HCM. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 39 3 Features supported on all adapters Disabling trunking If the adapter is not used to boot over SAN 1. Disable port 1 (the second port) on the HBA using BCU commands or HCM. 2. Disable trunking on the HBA using BCU commands or HCM. 3. Disable trunking on the switch by disabling the previously-assigned trunk area. 4. Enable port 1 (the second port) on the HBA using BCU commands or HCM. For more information about basic trunk group configuration on a Brocade switch, refer to the  Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide. Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using HCM For information on how to configure FC trunking on both the FC switch and the Brocade adapter, refer to “Enabling FC trunking on Brocade switches and adapters” on page 38. 1. Select Configure > Enable FC Trunking from the Host Connectivity Manager. Enable or disable FC trunking by selecting or clearing the Enable FC Trunking check box. 2. Click Enable Adapter. FC trunking is enabled on the selected adapter. The trunking configuration is restored when you reboot the host. Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using the BCU Enter the following commands to configure FC trunking on the adapters. NOTE The adapter ID can be any of the following: adapter index, serial number, adapter name, or hardware path. • bcu trunk - -enable • bcu trunk - -disable • bcu trunk - -query Refer to “trunk” on page 269 for details about this command. Virtual port configuration Virtual ports appear to the hosts as physical ports in the data network. One or more virtual ports are assigned to each host, and a host can access storage at a virtual port only if the virtual port has been assigned to the host. Virtual port restrictions • You cannot create a virtual port that already exists in the Names dialog box. If you need to re-create a virtual port that has been deleted through an interface other than the currently-managing HCM or the virtual ports deleted on Linux servers reboot, you must first manually remove the virtual port’s WWN from the Names dialog box in HCM. If you do not manually remove the virtual port from HCM, an error message displays that the virtual port already exists. See “Removing a name entry” on page 46 for instructions on how to manually remove a virtual port. 40 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 • The HCM GUI should post an error message for duplicate virtual ports (detected in the Vports.db file) and prompt the user to remove the duplicate, but it does not. Duplicate world wide names are not restricted when the BCU is used to create virtual ports. Do not use the BCU for virtual port management, because it does not handle duplicate virtual port WWNs. Use only the HCM GUI to manage virtual ports. • Virtual ports created in Windows environments are persistent across reboots. The virtual port create and delete features are disabled for Solaris. Creating a virtual port You create virtual ports on HBA ports and FCoE ports only; virtual ports are not supported on the adapter. Virtual ports are not supported for VMware and Solaris agents. 1. Select a physical HBA port or an FCoE port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Virtual Port > Create from the main menu. OR Right-click the physical port and select Virtual Port > Create from the list. The Virtual Port Creation dialog box, shown in Figure 11, displays. The following fields are system-generated: • Physical port world wide name • Virtual port world wide name - This WWN must be unique. • Virtual node world wide name - The system returns the default node WWN, which is the physical port node WWN. NOTE By default, the Use auto-generated check box is selected and the Generate Again button is enabled. You can edit the Virtual Port WWN field if Use auto-generated is selected. FIGURE 11 Virtual Port Creation dialog box 3. (Optional) Provide a symbolic name for the virtual port. 4. (Optional) Provide an alias name for the virtual port. By creating an alias, you can assign a familiar name to a device or group multiple devices into a single name. This can simplify cumbersome data entry and allows an intuitive naming structure. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 41 3 Features supported on all adapters 5. (Optional) Enter descriptive information about the virtual port in the Description field. 6. Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box. Deleting a virtual port If the maximum number of virtual ports have already been created, the option to create virtual ports using HCM is disabled. NOTE Pre-boot-created virtual ports are not labeled. If the virtual port is pre-boot-created, the Delete check box is disabled. 1. Select a virtual port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Virtual Port > Delete from the main menu. OR Right-click the virtual port and select Virtual Port > Delete from the list. A warning message displays, asking for confirmation. 3. Click OK. HCM logging levels You can set the log level for the following modules: • Agent communication log, where all messages are exchanged between the HCM GUI application and the HCM agent. • HCM debug log, where messages are logged locally. If you do not set an HCM log level, Debug, which is the default, is used. Configuring the HCM logging level using HCM 1. Select an adapter from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > HCM Logging Levels from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Configure HCM Logging Levels dialog box, shown in Figure 12, displays. FIGURE 12 42 Configure HCM Logging Levels dialog box Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 3. From both the Agent Communication Log and the HCM Debug Log lists, select one of the following: • • • • • • Trace Debug, which is the most verbose and the default Info Warning Error Fatal, which is the least verbose 4. Click Apply to apply the change. Name configuration The Host Connectivity Manager allows you to configure names as a method of providing familiar, simple names to world wide names for adapters, ports, virtual ports, and remote ports in the SAN. (A logical port can be a base port or a virtual port.) Only unique names are allowed. NOTE You can access the Define Name dialog box by right-clicking an adapter, port, remote port, or virtual port. You can access the Configure Names dialog box by selecting an HBA, an HBA port, or a virtual port, a CNA, or a DCB port from the device tree. You can perform the following name tasks using either the Configure Names dialog box or the Define Name dialog box: • Associate a name that represents an adapter, port, virtual port, or remote port. Note the following points about names: - Among all adapters, two cannot have duplicate names. Among all the ports, two cannot have duplicate names. A port and adapter can have the same name. You cannot associate a name for a storage device. Name changes on remote ports and virtual ports are sent to the .properties file local to the HCM application but are not sent to the agent. • Add a detached WWN and an associated name with type and operational status as Unknown. • Remove or disassociate a name from a WWN. Dual role changes Initially, dual role types were introduced for situations where an initiator WWN acts as a target. In HCM release 2.0, the design was changed to use a MAC or WWN plus Type combination, enabling you to set your own name to the port (initiator) as well as to a remote port (target). Since HCM release 2.1, the dual role type has been eliminated, so if you import a data file from release 2.0 or earlier which has a dual role type, the WWN is imported as an "Unknown" type and the Application Log displays the "dual role" type is not supported. If the name you imported already exists in the Configure Names dialog box, the Fix Duplicates dialog box displays, showing the duplicated names. Refer to “Importing duplicated names” on page 49 for more information. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 43 3 Features supported on all adapters Name validation Note the following when you define a name: • The name cannot begin with a number. • The name cannot begin with an underscore ( _ ) or hyphen ( - ), but an underscore or hyphen character is allowed within the name; for example, name1_name-2. • No special characters are allowed, except for an underscore or hyphen. • The maximum length of the name is 15 characters. • The maximum length of the description is 80 characters. Defining a name The Define Name dialog box enables you to assign a name to an existing world wide name (WWN) or media access control (MAC) address. 1. Select a device from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Define Name from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click an adapter, port, remote port, or virtual port. and select Define Name. The Define Name dialog box, shown in Figure 13, displays. FIGURE 13 Define Name dialog box 3. Enter a meaningful name for the selected adapter or port. NOTE The type of device is displayed in the Type list. 4. Enter a description of the device. 5. Click OK. 44 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 Editing the name fields Only the name, the world wide name (WWN), and the description fields are editable. Depending on the component, the following occurs when you edit the name fields: • Name changes on the adapter and ports are sent to the agent and stored in the .properties file. • Name changes on remote ports and virtual ports are sent to the .properties file local to the HCM application but are not sent to the agent. 1. Select a host, adapter, or port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Names from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click a device from the device tree and select Configure > Names. The Configure Names dialog box, shown in Figure 14, displays all the discovered and detached (undiscovered) names. FIGURE 14 Configure Names dialog box 3. Select a row and edit the name, the WWN, and the description, as needed. 4. Click OK. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 45 3 Features supported on all adapters Adding name entries You can add up to 2000 names which are then stored in the HbaAliasdb.properties file. The entries persist during reboot. 1. Select an HBA, an HBA port, or a virtual port, a CNA, or a DCB port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Names from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR You can right-click the host to access the Configure Names dialog box. You can right-click an adapter, port, virtual port, or remote port to access the Define Name dialog box. 3. Type a name that represents an adapter, port, or storage device in the Name field. 4. Type a valid WWN that corresponds to the name. Valid WWN types are as follows: • • • • • Node Port Remote Port V_Port Unknown 5. Click OK to close the dialog box. The new component is added to the Name list. Removing a name entry To clear the name and description values of a selected detached WWN, complete the following steps: 1. Select an HBA, an HBA port, or a virtual port, a CNA, or a DCB port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Names from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR You can right-click the host to access the Configure Names dialog box. You can right-click an adapter, port, virtual port, or remote port to access the Define Name dialog box. The Configure Names dialog box displays all the names available at the host. 3. Select one of the following from the Display list: • • • • • • • Current Host All WWNs/MACs Only Nodes Only Ports Only Logical Ports Only Virtual Ports Only Remote Ports A list of names for the devices you selected displays. 46 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 4. Select a device and click the Remove button to remove the discovered device from the list. The Remove button clears the name of the discovered WWN and the entire row of the detached (undiscovered) WWN. 5. Click OK to close the dialog box. Exporting the properties for a WWN You can export the properties for a world wide name in .csv, .properties, or .txt file format. 1. Select an HBA, an HBA port, or a virtual port, a CNA, or a DCB port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Names from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR You can right-click the host to access the Configure Names dialog box. You can right-click an adapter, port, virtual port, or remote port to access the Define Name dialog box. The Configure Names dialog box displays. 3. Select one of the following from the Display list: • • • • • • • Current Host All WWNs/MACs Only Nodes Only Ports Only Logical Ports Only Virtual Ports Only Remote Ports 4. Click the Export button. The Save dialog box displays. You can save the properties file in .txt, .csv, or .properties format. 5. Name the file, and click Save. 6. Click OK to close the dialog box. Importing the properties for a WWN You can import the properties for a world wide name in .csv, .properties, or .txt file format. 1. Select Configure > Names from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR You can right-click the host to access the Configure Names dialog box. You can right-click an adapter, port, virtual port, or remote port to access the Define Name dialog box. The Configure Names dialog box displays. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 47 3 Features supported on all adapters 2. Select one of the following from the Display list: • • • • • • • Current Host All WWNs/MACs Only Nodes Only Ports Only Logical Ports Only Virtual Ports Only Remote Ports 3. Click the Import button. The Open dialog box displays. 4. Navigate to the location of the .csv, .properties, or .txt file from which you will import properties for the selected device. 5. Name the properties file, and click Open. 6. Click OK to close the dialog box. Importing properties in EFCM format You can use this procedure to import properties in Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager (EFCM) format. 1. In the Configure Names dialog box, select EFCM Format and then select Import. 2. Click OK. 3. Navigate to the location of the .properties file from which you will import properties for the selected device. The format appears as follows. # Names Export File V 1.0 : DO NOT DELETE / MOVE / MODIFY THIS LINE # For each row in the file the name should be followed by an '=' # Column Format: WWN=Name=Type =Description # EFCM Names file Format [ Delimiter '=' ] #################################################################### 200000051e536b20=s=Node= 200000051e536b43=bfa0=Node= 100000051e536b20=a=Port= 100000051e536b44=bfa0_port1=Port= 100000051e536b43=bfa0_port0=Port= 4. Click OK to close the dialog box. 48 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 Importing properties in DCFM or FM format You can use this procedure to import properties in Data Center Fabric Manager (DCFM) or Fabric Manager (FM) format. 1. In the Configure Names dialog box, select DCFM/FM Format and then select Import. 2. Click OK. 3. Navigate to the location of the .properties file from which you will import properties for the selected device. The format appears as follows: # Names Export File V 1.0 : DO NOT DELETE / MOVE / MODIFY THIS LINE # For each row in the file the name should be followed by an ',' # Column Format: WWN,Name,Type ,Description # FM Names file Format [ Delimiter ',' ] #################################################################### 200000051e536b20,s,Node, 200000051e536b43,bfa0,Node, 100000051e536b20,a,Port, 100000051e536b44,bfa0_port1,Port, 100000051e536b43,bfa0_port0,Port,Adding a name and a WWN 4. Click OK to close the dialog box. Importing duplicated names The Duplicated Names dialog box, shown in Figure 15, displays when you import a file with a duplicate name. 1. Select Configure > Names from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR You can right-click the host to access the Configure Names dialog box. You can right-click an adapter, port, virtual port, or remote port to access the Define Name dialog box. The Configure Names dialog box displays. 2. Import a file with duplicate names in the Configure Names dialog box. The Duplicated Names dialog box displays. FIGURE 15 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Duplicated Names dialog box 49 3 Features supported on all adapters 3. Determine which method you will use to fix the name policy violation, and click the appropriate option: • Append unique suffix for all repetitive names - Click to instruct the software to add incremental numbers to fix the duplicated names. • User/Administrator will manually fix - Change duplicate names using the procedure in “Editing the name fields” on page 45. 4. Click OK. Boot over SAN Boot over SAN configuration using the Basic Port Configuration dialog box is enabled on all platforms if the HCM version is 1.1 or later. The Boot over SAN feature is available for both the HBA and the CNA if the FCoE driver is installed and the HCM version is 2.1 or later. If the driver version is prior to HCM version 2.1, Boot over SAN is available only on the HBA. The Boot over SAN feature allows you to target remote boot devices (LUNs on SAN storage arrays) from which to boot the host system. When the host’s operating system and adapter driver are installed on the remote device, the adapter BIOS and user-configurable boot instructions stored in adapter flash memory allow the host to boot from the device. NOTE Various operating systems require you to follow specific guidelines to enable servers to boot from a SAN. Understanding these requirements is key to a successful deployment of a Boot over SAN environment. Boot LUNs are identified to adapter ports using the BIOS Configuration Utility and BCU commands. These utilities also allow you to enable or disable BIOS for booting the host system over SAN, set boot options, and set the port speed. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual for instructions. BIOS boot over SAN provides the ability for x86 and x86_64 systems to perform booting of the OS installed on the SCSI disk connected over the Fibre Channel SAN. The same BIOS capability is extended for the CNA on FCoE fabric with enhancements to the FCoE login process (FCF discover and FIP Log-in). The Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) device is also supported on the Brocade CNA. The maximum number of supported adapters (combined HBA and CNA) is limited to 16 and the maximum targets and LUNs that are displayed during discovery are limited to 256. After you have configured boot devices using the BIOS Configuration Utility, you can enable or disable BIOS for Boot over SAN, set boot options, and set the port speed using the HCM GUI. The port speed for the CNA is fixed at 10 Gbps. All configuration information is stored in flash memory. 50 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 Configuring Boot over SAN The boot LUN table lists the vendor information, LUN capacity, and whether the LUNs are accessible. These fields are not editable. You can access the Boot-over-SAN dialog box by selecting the host, an adapter, or a physical port from the device tree. 1. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Click the Boot-over-SAN tab. The Boot-over-SAN tab, shown in Figure 16, displays. FIGURE 16 Boot-over-SAN tab 3. Click the BIOS Enable check box to enable Boot over SAN. NOTE Auto Negotiate is the only speed option for the 10 Gbps CNA. 4. From the Boot Option list, select one of the following: • Fabric Discovered - Enables Boot over SAN using boot LUN information stored in the fabric. This is the default setting. • First Visible LUN - Enables Boot over SAN from the first discovered LUN in the SAN. • User Configured LUNs - Allows the user to select and prioritize the remote target and LUN for booting over SAN. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 51 3 Features supported on all adapters 5. Select the Boot Device Port WWN row in the table, then click the up and down arrows to move the row up or down in the list. The host will attempt to boot from the first LUN in the list, and then move on to succeeding LUNs. • You can delete a row using the Delete button under the arrows. • Click the Boot Device Port WWN and LUN fields to physically enter boot LUNs to the list. These LUNs must be visible to the adapter to be accessible as boot LUNs. 6. Click OK. The Vendor Info, LUN Capacity, and Accessible status that correspond to the selected boot device and LUN display automatically. Pre-boot configuration Any parameters flagged with (Pre-boot) were configured using a blade system management application. You cannot use HCM to create or modify a pre-boot configuration. If the port has been pre-boot disabled, note the following: • The BIOS Enable check box is disabled. • The pre-boot-configured LUNs in the Logical Unit Number column are displayed as (Pre-boot). The maximum number of user-configured LUNs supported is four, and the maximum number of pre-boot-configured LUNs is eight. NOTE For the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card, the maximum number of boot LUNs supported in pre-boot configuration is two. • The configuration changes take effect after the next reset. Configuring fabric-based boot LUN discovery Use the following steps to configure fabric-based boot LUN discovery. 1. Set the adapter’s BIOS configuration to auto-discovery using one of the following interfaces: • Brocade BIOS Configuration Utility Adapter Settings > Boot LUN > Fabric Discover • HCM Refer to “Configuring Boot over SAN” on page 51 for instructions. • BCU bcu bios --enable -o auto 2. Enter the following BCU command to provide the zone name and zone members to use as operands in the Fabric OS zonecreate command. bcu boot - -blunZone -c -p -r -l Refer to “boot” on page 217 for details about this command. 3. Configure the zone on the switch using the Fabric OS zoneCreate command. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual or the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide for more information about creating zones. 52 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 LUN masking LUN masking, configured on storage targets, establishes access control to shared storage. This provides traffic isolation between different initiators that are zoned in with the same storage target. Initiator-based LUN masking presents only those LUNs that are not masked by the user. Masking is similar to zoning, where the initiator port is allowed to see only configured LUNs. LUN masking is enabled at the physical port level. The LUN mapping occurs between remote ports and logical ports, identified by the port world wide names. NOTE The LUN Masking tab displays only if the storage driver is installed. You must ensure boot LUNs are masked-in to avoid boot failures. Adding a LUN configuration 1. Select a host, adapter, or adapter port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 3. Click the LUN Masking tab. The LUN Masking tab, as shown in Figure 17, displays current LUN configurations. FIGURE 17 LUN Masking tab 4. Click the Enable LUN Masking check box. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 53 3 Features supported on all adapters 5. Click Add. The Add LUN Configuration dialog box, as shown in Figure 18, displays, pre-populated with discovered values. FIGURE 18 Add LUN Configuration dialog box 6. Select a logical port WWN from the list, or enter a valid logical port WWN in the list. 7. Select a remote port WWN from the list, or enter a valid remote port WWN in the list. 8. Select a logical unit number from the list, or enter a valid logical unit number in the list. The LUN number on the target (identified by the remote port world wide name) is mapped to the initiator (identified by the logical port world wide name). Clearing all LUN configurations NOTE If you clear all LUN configurations, the Logical Unit Number list is cleared and LUNs are no longer visible. You will have to manually refresh while LUN masking is disabled to refresh the LUN list. 1. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Click the LUN Masking tab. The LUN Masking tab, as shown in Figure 17, displays current LUN configurations. 3. Click the Clear all LUN Configurations check box. 4. Click Apply. All existing LUN configurations are cleared from the LUN Configuration list. Deleting a LUN configuration 1. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Click the LUN Masking tab. The LUN Masking tab, as shown in Figure 17, displays current LUN configurations. 54 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on all adapters 3 3. Select a LUN configuration from the LUN Configuration list. 4. Click Delete. The selected LUN configuration is cleared from the LUN Configuration list. Adapter software The Adapter Software dialog box allows you to update the adapter driver and the boot image installed on the connected host to the latest version. The update from earlier versions is supported on HCM version 3.0 and later; downgrades to earlier HCM versions are not supported. NOTE When upgrading a VMware ESX 4.0 host from version 2.3 to 3.0, the ESX host must first be placed in maintenance mode before you install the adapter driver. At the host level, both the driver and boot image update options are available. At the adapter level, the driver update option is disabled. NOTE The Solaris operating system requires a reboot for the newly-installed adapter driver update to take effect; therefore, HCM cannot validate that the installation is correct and this is reflected in the Installation Progress Details area, shown in Figure 19. Updating the adapter software using HCM 1. Right-click a host from the device tree and select Adapter Software from the list. The Adapter Software dialog box, shown in Figure 19, displays. FIGURE 19 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Adapter Software dialog box 55 3 Features supported on all adapters 2. Enter the filename of the updated driver in the Driver File field. OR Click the Browse button 3. Navigate to the location of the driver file to update, select the driver file, and click Open. The selected file uploads. If an error occurs during the uploading process, an error message displays. 4. Click the Start Update button. 5. Review the installation progress details to determine if the driver file installed successfully. Changing the HCM timeout value If a timeout error occurs during adapter driver installation, you can change the Host Connectivity Manager’s timeout value by editing the HBAApplication.properties file, which is found in the /HCM/data folder. An example of timeout value output is as follows: driver.update.start.timeout = 5 driver.update.end.timeout = 5 driver.update.solarisEsx.grace.timeout = 3 Updating the boot image using HCM You can update a boot image at the host level or at the adapter level. NOTE Since updating the Solaris and VMware ESX driver requires rebooting the system, the boot code cannot be updated along with the driver using the Adapter Software dialog box. 1. Download the boot code (brocade_adapter_boot_fw_vx-x-x-x) from www.brocade.com/hba to a folder on your local drive. 2. Launch HCM. 3. Right-click a host or adapter from the device tree and select Adapter Software from the list. • Right-clicking a host downloads the boot image to all adapters that are installed on the host. • Right-clicking an adapter downloads the boot image to the selected adapter only. 4. Click the Browse button and navigate to the location of the boot image (the folder to which you downloaded the boot code in step 1.) 5. Select the boot image and click Open. The selected file downloads. If an error occurs during the downloading process, an error message displays. Updating the boot image using the BCU Enter the following command to update the boot image. bcu boot --update [adapter_id] [-a] [force] Refer to “boot” on page 217 for details about this command. 56 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on the HBA and Fabric Adapter 3 Features supported on the HBA and Fabric Adapter The QoS feature is supported on the HBA and the Fabric Adapter: QoS NOTE The QoS feature is not supported on the converged network adapter (CNA). Quality of Service (QoS) works in conjunction with the QoS feature on Brocade switch F_Ports. The Fabric Operating System (FOS) provides a mechanism to assign traffic priority (high, medium, or low) for a given source and destination traffic flow. By default, all flows are marked as medium. This feature is supported only on 8 Gbps HBA ports and the Brocade 1860 16 Gbps Fabric Adapter in FC mode installed on specific switch models that use Fabric OS version 6.2 and later. The following licenses must be installed on the switch connected to each HBA port (edge switch): • Adaptive Networking (AN) license • Server Application Optimization (SAO) license To determine if these licenses are installed on the connected switch, execute the Fabric OS licenseshow command. Refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide for detailed information about QoS. Configuring QoS on the switch side On the switch side, you can create QoS zones using the PWWNs that correspond to devices in a source/destination traffic flow. You need a Server Application Optimization (SAO) license installed on the switch to enable QoS. In addition, an Adaptive Networking (AN) license is required on the switch to enable QoS on the switch ports. You enable or disable QoS settings on ports with the portCfgQos command. Refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide for details about this command on the switch side. Configuring QoS on the HBA side using the BCU There are three possible QoS states: • Enabled, online - QoS is established with the switch. • Enabled, offline - QoS negotiation failed and QoS was not established with the switch. Possible reasons for failure could be the license is not installed on the switch or QoS is not enabled on the port. • Disabled NOTE You must first enter the bcu port --disable command, followed by the bcu port --enable command, before the bcu qos --enable or bcu qos --disable commands take effect. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 57 3 Features supported on the CNA Enter the following commands to enable or disable QoS support on the HBA side: • • • • • bcu qos --enable bcu qos --disable bcu qos --query bcu qos --stats bcu qos --statsclr Refer to “qos (HBA only)” on page 261 for details about this command. Features supported on the CNA The following features can be configured only on the converged network adapter (CNA): • • • • “Ethernet port configuration” “PXE boot support” on page 59 “Teaming configuration” on page 60 “VLAN configuration” on page 64 Ethernet port configuration The number of messages logged by the host depends on the predetermined logging level. Although the Ethernet port might generate many messages, only certain types of messages are logged based on the specified logging level. You can access the Eth Configuration dialog box by selecting an Ethernet port from the device tree. Configuring Ethernet logging level using HCM This procedure provides instructions about how to change the Ethernet logging level. 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Eth Configuration from the main menu. OR Right-click an Ethernet port and select Eth Configuration from the list. The Eth Configuration dialog box displays. FIGURE 20 58 Eth Configuration dialog box Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on the CNA 3 3. Select a value from the Eth Logging Level list. Supported values are Log Critical, Log Error, Log Warning, and Log Info. 4. Click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box. Configuring the Ethernet logging level using the BCU Enter the following command to set the logging level on the port. bcu log - -level [] [-m ] Refer to “log” on page 245 for details about this command. PXE boot support A Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) is a means to leverage Ethernet to acquire and launch files to successfully perform an action or a series of actions (for example, to install an operating system, to run diagnostics, to execute firmware update utilities, or to boot an entire operating system over the network). The PXE boot mechanism is embedded in the firmware of a converged network adapter (CNA). You can request a PXE boot as an alternative to booting from the local disk or the SAN (boot over SAN). Once PXE boot is initiated, the network adapter makes a DHCP request. The response includes the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client IP address for the network adapter and also includes the IP address of a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, along with a filename of a boot file. The boot file is retrieved over the network and then executed. The boot file then loads other files, such as configuration files and executables. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual for configuration details. Configuring PXE boot support 1. Select a NIC port, a CNA, or an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the main menu. The Basic Port Configuration—PXE Boot dialog box, shown in Figure 21, displays. FIGURE 21 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Basic Port Configuration dialog box—PXE Boot tab 59 3 Features supported on the CNA 3. Click the PXE Boot enable check box to enable PXE Boot. Ethernet packets are tagged with a VLAN ID. Valid VLAN ID values are from 1 through 4094. 4. Enter the VLAN ID in the VLAN ID field. 5. Click OK. Teaming configuration A network interface team is a collection of physical network (Ethernet) interfaces acting as a single interface. The primary benefits of teams are larger throughput, load balancing, and fault tolerance. The following parameters must match for all ports when a team is created or when a port is being added to the team: • • • • • • • • Flow control Interrupt moderation Receive Side Scaling (RSS) Offload parameters Port VLAN ID MTU (jumbo packet size) Link speed Virtual machine queues To change these parameters, you use the Advanced Properties tab in the Windows Device Manager (Windows Server 2008 R2 and later) for the appropriate port instance on each adapter where you want to change parameters. For more information about changing parameters, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual (“Network Driver Parameters” section). NOTE Windows Server 2008 x86, x64, and R2 support VLANs, teaming, and VLANs on teams. Windows Server 2003 x86 and x64 support VLANs and teaming.  VLANs and teaming are supported on Linux, Solaris, and VMware, but are implemented by the OS vendors. As you configure teams, note the following points: • There are a maximum of 16 adapters for a server, so the maximum number of teams on a server is 8. • • • • 60 A team can have up to eight physical ports and a minimum of one port. A port can participate on only one team. Only one port can be primary, and all ports other than the primary port are secondary. You can view team members in the Teaming Configuration dialog box at the host level only. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on the CNA 3 Teaming modes CNA ports can be teamed in one of three modes: • Failover • Failback • 802.3ad (dynamic) The Failover mode provides fault tolerance. Only one port in a team is active at a time, and the others are in standby mode. This active port is called the primary port. If the primary port goes down, a secondary port is chosen (using a round-robin algorithm) to be the next primary. The Failback mode is an extension of the Failover mode. In addition to the events that occur during a normal failover, if the original primary link (the port originally chosen to be the primary) comes back up, that port again becomes the primary port. The Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) is included in the IEEE 802.3ad specification as a method to control the bundling of several physical ports together to form a single logical channel. LACP allows a network device to negotiate an automatic bundling of links by sending LACP packets to the peer (directly connected to a device that also implements LACP). Switch-side configuration is also required for link aggregation to work. NOTE Link aggregation groups (LAGs) can result in redistribution of FCoE traffic across the adapter ports, which is unacceptable. Due to this challenge with the IEEE 802.3ad protocol, be aware when you configure ports for teaming that converged traffic is not supported on ports that are participating in an IEEE 802.3ad-based team. Configuring a team from the host level You can view team members in the Teaming Configuration dialog box at the host level. 1. Select the host from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Teaming from the main menu. OR Right-click the host and select Teaming from the list. The Teaming Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 22, displays. NOTE Teaming is available on Windows platforms only. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 61 3 Features supported on the CNA FIGURE 22 Teaming Configuration dialog box (with VLAN support) Adding and editing a team If a VLAN exists on the the port of the adapter, you must first delete the VLAN before you create a team. To change the primary port in a team, refer to “Changing the primary port in a team.” 1. Click the Add button beneath the Team Name field. 2. Type a team name in the Team Name field. The name can include up to 31 characters, must begin with a letter, can consist of letters, numerals, hyphens, and underscore characters, but must not contain spaces. 3. Assign one or more ports from the Available Ports list, and click the right arrow button to move them to the Selected Ports list. The system automatically assigns the MAC address. 4. Click OK. The team now exists. You can edit the team by highlighting the team name on the Teaming Configuration dialog box. Changing the primary port in a team The Set Primary feature is disabled if the team mode is set to 802.3ad, which enables link aggregation. Note the following points: • Multi-switch link aggregation works if the switches are configured with a port channel link aggregate that spans ports from multiple switches. • Failover and failback work on multiple switches. • You cannot run converged traffic (FCoE) if 802.3ad (link aggregation) is enabled. To set or change the primary port in a team, complete the following steps: 62 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on the CNA 3 1. Select an adapter from the Selected Ports list on the Teaming Configuration dialog box. 2. Click the Set Primary button. The selected adapter will serve as the primary adapter and the other as the secondary adapter. The secondary adapter takes over if the primary adapter fails. If you are using more than two adapters, and you want a specific adapter to take over if the primary fails, you must specify a secondary adapter. Failback is the process of restoring a device in a state of failover back to its original state, before the failure. Configuring a team with virtual NICs When configuring a team that includes virtual NICs (vNICs) that are supported on the 16 Gbps FC/10 Gbps Ethernet ASIC (Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter models), note the following: • Each physical port can have a maximum of 8 Ethernet ports. • A dual-port configuration can contain a maximum of 16 Ethernet ports; however, you can select only one Ethernet port from the same physical port to participate on a team (as shown in Figure 23). FIGURE 23 Teaming Configuration dialog box with virtual NICs Removing a team 1. Select a team from the Teams field. 2. Click the Delete button beneath the Team Name field. The selected team is deleted from the Team Name field. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 63 3 Features supported on the CNA Displaying teaming statistics 1. Select a team from the Teams field. 2. Click the Statistics button beneath the Team Name field. The Teaming Statistics dialog box displays. See “Teaming Statistics dialog box (CNA only)” on page 180 for a description of teaming statistics fields. VLAN configuration A Virtual LAN (VLAN) is a collection of network nodes that share the same broadcast domain regardless of their physical location or connection point to the network. A VLAN serves as a logical workgroup with no other physical barriers and allows users to share information and resources as though located on the same LAN. NOTE VLAN configuration is a Windows-only feature. There are three types of VLANS: • Regular VLAN—A regular VLAN is identified using a VLAN ID (with a range of from 1 through 4094, where 0 is used for an untagged VLAN) and a VLAN name. • Passthru VLAN—A Passthru VLAN has VLAN ID 0 and PASSTHRU as its VLAN Name. It can be created or deleted at any time and is treated as a regular VLAN; however, a Passthru VLAN is not editable. • Port VLAN (PVID)—You create a Port VLAN using Windows Device Manager. The VLAN ID is assigned when it is created and the VLAN name is PORT VLAN. You cannot create, edit, or delete a Port VLAN using the Host Connectivity Manager (HCM). NOTE For HCM versions 2.3 and earlier, you cannot perform any add, delete, or edit operations on any VLAN if a PORT VLAN exists in the VLAN configuration or if the port is already part of a team. In addition, you cannot view statistical information on any VLAN. Adding a VLAN You can access the VLAN Configuration dialog box by selecting an Ethernet port from the device tree. This procedure provides instructions about how to add a VLAN to an Ethernet port. You can create a regular VLAN or a Passthru VLAN only if a Port VLAN ID (PVID) does not exist. You cannot name a regular VLAN “PORT LAN” or “Passthru.” NOTE For HCM versions 2.3 and earlier: After a VLAN or a Passthru VLAN has been created and assigned a non-zero PVID value using HCM or the BCU command, if you modify the the Port VLAN using Windows Device Manager on the port with VLANs, there is a possibility of inconsistency in data traffic on the Passthru VLAN. You will receive an illegal configuration warning, prompting you to remove the Port VLAN. To avoid this inconsistency, using Windows Device Manager, set the PVID to 0 on the port that has VLANs with a non-zero PVID value. 64 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on the CNA 3 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Add a VLAN using one of the following methods: • Select Configure > VLAN Configuration from the main menu. • Right-click an Ethernet port and select VLAN Configuration from the list. • Click Add on the Teaming Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 22. The VLAN Configuration dialog box displays. FIGURE 24 VLAN Configuration dialog box 3. Click the Add button. 4. Click Add on the VLAN Configuration dialog box (Figure 24). The Add VLAN dialog box displays. Figure 25 shows a VLAN configuration before a Passthru VLAN is configured. FIGURE 25 Add VLAN dialog box 5. Enter a VLAN identifier in the VLAN ID field. The range is from 1 through 4094. 6. Enter a VLAN name in the VLAN Name field. The VLAN name must not exceed 31 characters. 7. (Optional) Click the Create Passthru check box to designate the VLAN as a Passthru VLAN. 8. Click OK. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 65 3 Features supported on the CNA VLAN configuration conflicts Figure 26 shows the VLAN Configuration dialog box if a Port VLAN exists in the configuration. When a Port VLAN exists, the Add, Edit, and Remove buttons are disabled. This applies only to HCM versions 2.3 and earlier. FIGURE 26 VLAN Configuration dialog box with Port VLAN A Port VLAN cannot co-exist with a regular or Passthru VLAN. If the configuration includes a regular VLAN or a Passthru VLAN and a Port VLAN, an error message displays, as shown in Figure 27. FIGURE 27 VLAN Configuration conflicts You can remove a regular VLAN or Passthru VLAN from an invalid configuration using the instructions in “Removing a VLAN” on page 67. A regular VLAN or Passthru VLAN can be removed at any time. A Port VLAN, however, is not editable. Editing a VLAN You can access the VLAN Configuration dialog box by selecting an Ethernet port from the device tree. This procedure provides instructions about how to edit an existing VLAN. You cannot edit a Port VLAN or a Passthru VLAN. 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Edit a VLAN using one of the following methods: • Select Configure > VLAN Configuration from the main menu. • Right-click an Ethernet port and select VLAN Configuration from the list. • Click Edit on the Teaming Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 22. 3. Click Edit on the VLAN Configuration dialog box OR Click Edit on the Teaming Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 22. 66 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on the CNA 3 The Edit VLAN dialog box, as shown in Figure 28, displays. FIGURE 28 Edit VLAN dialog box 4. Type a new name in the VLAN Name field. 5. Click OK. Removing a VLAN You can access the VLAN Configuration dialog box by selecting an Ethernet port from the device tree. This procedure provides instructions about how to remove an existing VLAN. 1. From the Ethernet port level, select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > VLAN Configuration from the main menu. OR Right-click an Ethernet port and select VLAN Configuration from the list. The VLAN Configuration dialog box displays. 3. Click Remove on the VLAN Configuration dialog box OR Click Remove on the Teaming Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 22. A warning dialog box, as shown in Figure 29, displays. FIGURE 29 Remove VLAN warning message 4. Click OK to remove the VLAN from the configuration. Displaying VLAN statistics VLAN statistics for a team can only be opened if the VLANs are added to a team from the Teaming Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 22. 1. From the Ethernet port level, select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Click Statistics on the Teaming Configuration dialog box. The VLAN Statistics dialog box displays. See “VLAN Statistics dialog box (CNA only)” on page 195 for a description of VLAN statistics fields. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 67 3 Features supported on the Fabric Adapter Features supported on the Fabric Adapter The following features can be configured only on a Fabric Adapter: • “Virtual HBAs” on page 68 • “Virtual NICs” on page 69 Virtual HBAs The virtual HBA (vHBA) is shown as an FCoE port node if the card is in the CNA mode. The vHBA is shown as an FC port mode if the card is in FC mode. Configuring virtual HBAs using HCM 1. Select an FC port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > vHBA Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The vHBA Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 30, displays. FIGURE 30 vHBA Configuration dialog box 3. Click the FCP-IM IO profile on check box to enable FCP-IM I/O profiling. The feature is disabled by default. Refer to “FCP-IM profiles” on page 36 for more information. 4. Specify a path timeout value. With path timeout values (TOVs), you can either force an immediate failover (by setting the TOV to 0) or you can specify a delay in seconds (0 through 60 seconds). The default TOV is 30. 5. Set the latency and delay values: • Select On from the Interrupt Control Coalesce list. NOTE Interrupt Control Coalesce is On by default. • Specify the interrupt control latency timeout value in microseconds, if coalesce is set to on. Latency timeout values supported are from 0 through 225 microseconds. Setting the latency timeout value to 0 disables the latency monitor timeout interrupt. The default latency value is 225 for an FC port and 5 for an FCoE port. 68 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Features supported on the Fabric Adapter 3 • Specify the interrupt control delay timeout value in microseconds, if coalesce is set to on. Delay timeout values supported are from 0 through 1125 microseconds. Setting the delay timeout value to 0 disables the latency monitor timeout interrupt. The default delay value is 1125 for an FC port and 25 for an FCoE port. 6. Click Apply to apply the changes. Configuring virtual HBAs using the BCU Enter the following command to configure virtual HBAs (vHBAs) on a Fibre Channel (FC) port. The pcifn variable specifies the PCI function number associated with the physical port. NOTE You must enable vhba 0 of port 0 before running the bcu pcifn --list and bcu vhba --query commands. • To enable a vHBA on the adapter for a specified PCI function: bcu vhba --enable • To disable a vHBA on the adapter for a specified PCI function: bcu vhba --disable • To display statistics for the vHBA: bcu vhba --stats • To clear statistics for the vHBA: bcu vhba --statsclr • To configure latency and delay values for the vHBA: bcu vhba --intr <-c> [on] [off] [ ] • To query information about the vHBA: bcu vhba --query Refer to “vhba” on page 271 for details about this command. Virtual NICs NOTE You cannot configure virtual NICs using HCM. The vNIC BCU commands enable you to configure a single physical CNA Ethernet port into multiple virtual Network Interface Cards (vNICs). The Ethernet port must be configured as a CNA or NIC that is supported on the 16 Gbps FC/10 Gbps Ethernet ASIC, which is compatible with the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter models. If the port is in NIC mode, it displays four vNICs. If the port is in CNA mode, it displays one vHBA and three vNICS. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 69 3 Features supported on the Fabric Adapter Note the following vNIC-related configuration points: • Up to four vNICs can be configured per port, including the base function. • Each vNIC can be configured for output bandwidth: - The bandwidth can be configured in increments of 100 Mbps. - The minimum bandwidth is 100 Mbps and the maximum bandwidth is 10,000 Mbps. • Each vNIC has its own set of eight priority transmission (Tx) queues. • Interrupt coalescing and dynamic interrupt moderation can be configured on each vNIC. • Teaming is not supported between vNICs configured on the same port. Configuring virtual NICs using the BCU Enter the following commands to configure virtual Network Interface Cards (vNICs) on the Ethernet port. NOTE The pcifn variable specifies the PCI function number associated with the physical port. • To create a new vNIC instance for a given adapter port: bcu vnic - -create [-b ] The bandwidth variable specifies the output bandwidth in increments of 100 Mbps. • To remove the specified vNIC instance: bcu vnic - -delete • To enable a vNIC on the adapter for a specified PCI function: bcu vnic - -enable • To disable a vNIC on the adapter for a specified PCI function: bcu vnic - -disable • To display statistics for the vNIC: bcu vnic - -stats • To clear statistics for the vNIC: bcu vnic - -statsclr • To query information about the vNIC: bcu vnic - -query • To modify the maximum allowable bandwidth for a vNIC. bcu vnic - -bw Refer to “vnic” on page 274 for details about this command. 70 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Chapter 4 Monitoring In this chapter • Performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Real-time performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Historical performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Master Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Application Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Syslog support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 73 75 76 78 78 Performance monitoring The Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) Port Statistics dialog box enables you to monitor the performance of the adapter and the traffic between the adapter and the LUNs. You can use the information to isolate and troubleshoot areas that impact application performance. The components listed in Table 11 display statistics when the FCoE port node is selected. Refer to Appendix A, “HCM Dialog Boxes” for a description of each statistics field. TABLE 11 Component Local host Statistics monitored by component Statistics monitored • Teaming NOTE: Teaming statistics are available only on Windows operating systems. HBA • Port HBA port • • • • • • • Port Firmware QoS Real-time Historical Fabric vHBA CNA • Port DCB port • • • • • Port DCB Firmware Real-time Historical Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 71 4 Performance monitoring TABLE 11 Statistics monitored by component (Continued) Ethernet port • • • • • Eth Eth IOC VLAN Real-time Historical FCoE port • • • Fabric vHBA FCoE Logical port and remote port • • • Logical port Real-time Historical Virtual port • • • • Logical port Virtual port Real-time Historical Device1 • FCP IM 1 No statistics are available for LUNs. Controlling the polling frequency rate The faster the polling rate, the more quickly the HCM GUI receives indications from the host. However, faster polling rates consume more of your system’s CPU and network resources and can therefore slow the system. To control port statistics polling, do one of the following from any of the Statistics dialog boxes. 1. Click the Start Polling check box to manually poll the port statistics. 2. Type the polling rate in the Polling Frequency in Seconds field. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. 3. Click the Stop Polling check box to stop port statistics polling. 4. Click the Keep Running Data check box to see the trend. 72 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Real-time performance data 4 Resetting statistics 1. Click the Reset button on any of the Statistics dialog boxes. A warning dialog box, shown in Figure 31, displays. FIGURE 31 Reset statistics warning 2. Click Yes. All of the statistics are reset to 0. Real-time performance data Real-time performance enables you to collect data, displayed in utilization (Mbps) and errors per second from the following managed devices: • • • • Port statistics on both the HBA and the CNA Virtual port statistics on the virtual port Ethernet port statistics on the Ethernet node FCP IM statistics on the remote port To generate a real-time performance graph for a device, complete the following steps. 1. Select the device for which you want to generate a real-time performance graph. 2. Select Configure > Performance > Realtime Statistics. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 73 4 Real-time performance data The Realtime Performance dialog box, shown in Figure 32, displays. FIGURE 32 Realtime Performance dialog box 3. Select the type of statistics you want to run from the Statistics Name list. You can display and filter real-time port statistics and DCB statistics on the DCB port. 4. Select the polling interval. Options include 10 seconds, 20 seconds, or 30 seconds. 5. Filter the real-time performance statistics by selecting or clearing the statistics counters check boxes. By default, all of the statistics counters are enabled. 6. Click Apply to save your changes. 74 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Historical performance data 4 Historical performance data To generate a historical performance graph for a device, complete the following steps. 1. Select the device for which you want to generate a historical performance graph. 2. Select Monitor > Performance. 3. Select the Enable Historical Data Collection check box. The Historical Performance dialog box, shown in Figure 33, displays. FIGURE 33 Historical Performance dialog box 4. Select the type of statistics you want to run from the Statistics Name list. You can display and filter historical port statistics and DCB statistics on the DCB port. 5. Select one of the following frequencies from the Data for list: • Last 1 Day—One sample of historical data is collected for 30 minutes’ duration. • Last 1 Week—Two samples of historical data are collected for one hour’s duration. • Last 1 Month—Four samples of historical data are collected for two hours’ duration. 6. Filter the historical performance statistics by selecting or clearing the statistics counters check boxes. By default, all of the statistics counters are enabled. 7. Click Apply to save your changes. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 75 4 Master Log Master Log Event monitoring enables early fault detection and isolation on a selected adapter. When applicable events occur during adapter operation, the adapter driver generates event messages. These messages are captured in your host system logs. These messages are also captured in an agtEvent.log file by the HCM agent and displayed in the HCM Master Log. Note that message display may differ in your host system log and the HCM Master Log; however, messages will most likely contain the following information: • • • • • • • Message ID Description Severity level Event category Cause of event Recommended action Date and time event occured Message details are also contained in HTML files, which load into your system when you install the adapter driver. You can view these HTML files using any Internet browser application. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Troubleshooting Guide for details of all driver event messages. NOTE To avoid processing of older events in first-time event discovery, an event will be considered for processing if it has occurred within the last 20 seconds, or not greater than the discovery interval. The agent and the HCM GUI application must be running in the same time zone and at the right time. The Master Log Properties dialog box, described in Table 12, displays a list of all events that have occurred. You can filter the events based on the user-defined criteria shown in Figure 34. TABLE 12 76 Master Log fields Field Description Filter button Click to launch the Master Log Filter dialog box. Clear Filter button Click to clear the Master Log filter option set. Refresh button Click to refresh the screen. Sr No column Displays a numbering sequence in ascending order. Severity column Displays the event severity (informational, minor, major, or critical). WWN/MAC column Displays the world wide name (WWN) or the media access control (MAC) address of the device on which the event occurred. Category column Displays the category of event, based on one of the following categories: • Adapter • Port • LPort • RPort • ITNIM • Audit • IOC • Eth Port Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Master Log TABLE 12 4 Master Log fields (Continued) Field Description Subcategory column Displays the subcategory of the main category. Description column Displays a brief description of the event. Date/Time column Displays the date and time when the event occurred. Filtering event log entries Event filtering enables you to block events based on user-defined criteria (severity or type of log). Events that have been filtered out do not appear in the Master Log. 1. Click the Filter button in the Master Log section of the bottom pane. The Master Log Filter dialog box displays. 2. Filter the events using one or a combination of the criteria shown in Figure 34. NOTE The Category is the type of event. The categories are listed in Table 12. FIGURE 34 Master Log Filter dialog box 3. Click Apply to save your changes, or click Cancel to exit the dialog box. OR Click OK to save the changes and exit the dialog box. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 77 4 Application Log Application Log The HCM Application Log, shown in Figure 35, displays all application-related informational and error messages, as well as the following attributes: • • • • Date and time the message occurred Severity of the message Description of the message The agent IP address NOTE Run-time memory information is logged in the Application Log whenever a supportSave is triggered from HCM or when the About dialog box is launched in HCM. FIGURE 35 HCM Application Log Syslog support Syslog forwarding is the process by which you can configure the Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) agent to send syslog messages to other computers through port 514. You can configure the HCM agent to forward events to a maximum of three syslog destinations. These events will display in the operating system logs. The HCM stores all the received events from the driver in the agtEvent.log file. By default, the location is /opt/hcmagent/log/hbaEvents.log in Linux and Solaris systems. NOTE VMware ESX 3.5 and 4.0 blocks the syslog outgoing port 514 by default. Therefore, you must configure the firewall if you use VMware ESX 4.0 or 4.1 and plan to use the Syslog Host Configuration feature in Brocade Network Advisor (BNA) or if you access HCM through the BNA. See “Syslog host configuration using VMware” on page 80 for more information. 78 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Syslog support 4 Opening the Syslog Server Configuration dialog box 1. Select the host, an adapter, or a port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Syslog from the main menu. The Syslog Server Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 36, displays. FIGURE 36 Syslog Server Configuration dialog box Registering a host server You can register up to three syslog destinations on managed Fabric OS devices. 1. Select Configure > Syslog from the main menu. The Syslog Server Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Enter the host name or IP address of the destination device in the Host Name/IP Address field. 3. Click Add to register the host as a syslog destination. 4. Click OK to close the dialog box. Removing a host server 1. Select Configure > Syslog from the main menu. The Syslog Server Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Enter the host name of the destination device in the Hostname field. 3. Enter the IP address of the destination device in the IP Address field. 4. Click Remove to remove the host as a syslog destination. 5. Click OK to close the dialog box. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 79 4 Syslog support Syslog host configuration using VMware VMware ESX 4.0 and 4.1 blocks the syslog outbound port 514 by default. Therefore, you must configure the firewall to allow outgoing port 514 for syslog if you plan to use the syslog Host Configuration feature in Brocade Network Advisor (BNA) or if you access HCM through BNA. Use the following procedure if the outgoing UDP port 514 is blocked by the VMware ESX firewall. 1. Restart the HCM Agent if the firewall settings on port 514 change in VMware. 2. Use the following command to open port 514: esxcfg-firewall -o 514,udp,out,syslog 3. Use the following command to block outgoing traffic through port 514: esxcfg-firewall -c 514,udp,out,syslog 80 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Chapter 5 Diagnostics In this chapter • Fibre Channel diagnostics using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Fibre Channel diagnostics using BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Ethernet diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Beaconing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • SFP management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • supportSave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 85 86 88 89 90 91 Fibre Channel diagnostics using HCM The purpose of diagnostic commands is to evaluate the integrity of the system hardware. Be sure to disable the ports before running any type of port diagnostics. In addition, it is advisable that you do not perform other operations on the adapter while running HCM or BCU diagnostics. NOTE When you invoke a test on an adapter, you can run diagnostics for one or both ports within the selected adapter. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 81 5 Fibre Channel diagnostics using HCM Running a hardware-level test using HCM 1. Select an adapter or an adapter port from the device tree. Hardware-level tests are not supported on FCoE or Ethernet ports. 2. Select Configure > Diagnostics from the main menu. OR Right-click the component and select Diagnostics from the list The Diagnostics dialog box, shown in Figure 37, displays. FIGURE 37 Hardware-level diagnostic tests dialog box 3. Click the check box that corresponds to the port test you are running. 4. Specify the parameters based on parameter information found in Table 13. NOTE Click the Stop on Error check box if you want the test to stop running if an error occurs. 5. Click Start to run the test. 82 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Fibre Channel diagnostics using HCM TABLE 13 5 Hardware-level test parameters Hardware-level test Parameter Test options Memory test None You can enable or disable this test. Regardless of test cycle set value, the Memory test will run only once. Frame Count Integer from 0 through 4,294,967,295. The default value is 8192. Data Pattern Default value is A5A5A5A5. Test Cycle The number of times the test runs. The default value is 10. Subtest ID • • • Link Speed 2, 4,8, and 16 Gbps Frame Count Integer from 0 through 4,294,967,295. The default value is 8192. Test Cycle The number of times the test runs. The default value is 10. Data Pattern (hexadecimal) Default value is A5A5A5A5. You can enable or disable this test. Queue number from 0 through 3. Because the GUI only allows you to enable or disable the Queue test (and not specify an integer), all the queues are tested. NOTE: During the test, IOC is disabled. PCI loopback test Port loopback test NOTE: For an External Loopback test, you must plug in the loopback connector. For a Brocade 804 mezzanine card, a pass-through module is required for an External Loopback test. Queue test Sends a health check message from host to firmware through message queues memory mapped over the PCI. Internal External Serdes Running a Fibre Channel protocol-level test using HCM There are three protocol-level tests: • Echo test, which sends an FC Echo ELS to a remote port. • FC ping test, which requests the management server to test the connectivity with a given remote port (without zoning restrictions). Not supported in Solaris operating systems. • FC traceroute test, which requests to enumerate the route between two given endpoints. Not supported in Solaris operating systems. To run one of the protocol-level tests, use the following procedure. 1. Select an adapter or port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Diagnostics from the main menu. OR Right-click the component and select Diagnostics from the list. The Diagnostics dialog box, shown in Figure 38, displays. 3. Click the FC Protocol Tests tab. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 83 5 Fibre Channel diagnostics using HCM FIGURE 38 Protocol-level diagnostic tests dialog box 4. Click the check box that corresponds to the protocol test you are running. 5. Select a port, target, and logical port from the lists, and click Add to add it to the test table. NOTE All vHBAs, FCoE ports, and FC ports are listed in the Logical Port list. 6. Define how many times the test runs by specifying the test cycle number. The default test cycle number is 1. 7. 84 Click Start to run the test. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Fibre Channel diagnostics using BCU 5 Displaying test log details 1. Select Configure > Diagnostics from the Host Connectivity Manager. 2. Run any diagnostic test. 3. Select and double-click a row of the test results in the bottom pane. The Test Log Details dialog box, shown in Figure 39, displays. FIGURE 39 Test Log Details dialog box Fibre Channel diagnostics using BCU Diagnostic commands evaluate the integrity of the system hardware. Be sure to disable the port before running any type of port diagnostics. In addition, it is advisable that you do not perform other operations on the adapter while running HCM or BCU diagnostics. diag commands The diag commands shown in Table 14 monitor hardware components and can be performed while the system is running (they are non-disruptive). Refer to “diag” on page 224 for details. NOTE The sfpshow and beacon commands are not applicable for the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card TABLE 14 Fibre Channel diag commands Command Description beacon Blinks the appropriate port LED for physical identification. Beaconing can occur at the port or the link level. End-to-end (E2E) beaconing is a software feature that can be enabled on Brocade 8 Gbps HBAs or Brocade 16 Gbps Fabric Adapters to allow the local HBA to flash (beacon) and also cause the connected Fibre Channel switch port to uniquely beacon. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Guide for details on E2E beaconing patterns. loopback Tests the data path from the IOC to the desired network loopback point (internal, Serdes, external) and back. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 85 5 Ethernet diagnostics TABLE 14 Fibre Channel diag commands (Continued) Command Description memtest Tests the adapter’s memory blocks. pciloopback Checks the communication path between the host and the I/O Controller (IOC). queuetest Sends a health check message from the host to firmware through message queues that are memory-mapped over the PCI. sfpshow Displays small form-factor pluggable (SFP) information. tempshow Displays the temperature of the adapter. fcdiag commands Fibre Channel diagnostics include the tests shown Table 15. Refer to “fcdiag” on page 233 for details about this command. TABLE 15 fcdiag commands Command Description fcping Determines the basic connectivity between the Fibre Channel network points and monitors and measures network latency. fctraceroute Reports on a SAN path, including node hops and latency data. fcecho Sends an FC Echo Extended Link Services (ELS) request to a remote port. linkbeacon Blinks the LED light of the remote port of the link. scsitest Tests the SCSI components. Ethernet diagnostics The Ethernet loopback test generates and sends out the desired number of packets and expects to receive the same number of packets through the loopback interface (Serdes or external). Each time a packet is sent, it is selected from a different starting point of the data buffer so that any two consecutively transmitted packets will not be the same. You must have the Ethernet card and the device driver installed and a loopback connector in place. The loopback connector is a standard RJ-45 connector. NOTE Windows 64-bit platforms only: You must first create a VLAN on the port before you perform an Ethernet loopback test. If the port does not have a VLAN, an error message displays. 86 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Ethernet diagnostics 5 Running an Ethernet test using HCM The following procedure explains how to run an Ethernet test. 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Diagnostics from the main menu. OR Right-click the component and select Diagnostics from the list. The Diagnostics dialog box is displayed. 3. Click the Ethernet Tests tab. The Ethernet Tests dialog box, shown in Figure 40, displays. FIGURE 40 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Ethernet Tests dialog box 87 5 Beaconing The Ethernet test options are described in Table 16 . TABLE 16 Ethernet test options Ethernet loopback test NOTE: For an External Loopback test, you must plug in the loopback connector. Subtest ID • • Link Speed 10 Gbps Frame Count Integer from 1 through 131072 (128K). The default value is 65536 (64K). Test Cycle The number of times the test runs. The default value is 10. Data Pattern (hexadecimal) Default value is A5A5A5A5. External Serdes Running an Ethernet test using the BCU Enter the following command to test the Ethernet data path from the host to Serdes or external loopback based on your selection. NOTE Before you run the bcu diag --ethloopback test, disable the physical port using the bcu port --disable command. bcu diag - -ethloopback [-t ] [-p ] Refer to “diag” on page 224 for details about this command. Beaconing Beaconing is a continuous signaling of error conditions on a LAN. Beaconing can occur either on the port or on one or both sides of the link (known as end-to-end beaconing). Link end-to-end beaconing provides a mechanism to start beaconing on both the adapter side and the switch side. NOTE Port beaconing is not supported on the Brocade 804 mezzanine card, the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card, or the Brocade 1741M-k mezzanine card. Configuring beaconing using HCM You can configure beaconing from an HBA port only. 1. Select an HBA port, an FCoE port, or an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Beacon from the Host Connectivity Manager. 3. Click either the Port check box or the Link check box to enable the feature. 88 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 SFP management 5 Configuring beaconing using the BCU Enter the following command to blink the appropriate port LED for physical identification. bcu diag - -beacon [] The duration variable indicates the number of seconds the local port blinks. The default is 0, which means infinite blinking. Refer to “diag” on page 224 for details about this command. Enter the following command to blink the appropriate link for physical identification. bcu fcdiag - -linkbeacon Refer to “fcdiag” on page 233 for details about this command. SFP management The Port SFP dialog box enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceiver. Displaying SFP information using HCM NOTE The Brocade 804 mezzanine card, Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card , and Brocade 1741M-k mezzanine card connect to the embedded switch modules or embedded interconnect modules on the blade system chassis by way of an internal backplane. Therefore, the SFP properties do not apply to these cards. 1. Select a port in the device tree. 2. Click the SFP tab in the right pane. The SFP Properties panel, shown in Figure 41, displays. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 89 5 Debugging FIGURE 41 SFP Properties panel Details about the port technology and extended link are described in “SFP Properties panel” on page 171. Displaying SFP information using the BCU Enter the following command to view the SFP information. If the firmware detects a non-Brocade SFP transceiver, the port is disabled. bcu diag - -sfpshow Refer to “diag” on page 224 for details about this command. Debugging The following debug commands capture all the support information needed to diagnose suspected system issues: • portlog Displays the log of FC frames and other main control messages that were sent out and received. • portlogclear Clears the port’s frame log. • portlogctl Enables or disables the portlog. Refer to “debug” on page 221 for details about these commands. 90 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 supportSave 5 supportSave The supportSave command collects debug information needed from the driver. You can collect supportSave information using the bfa_supportsave command or through the Brocade Network Advisor (BNA). HCM supportSave output contains driver, agent, and HCM-related information. NOTE Before collecting data using the supportSave command, you may want to disable auto-recovery on the host system. This is because when adapters are reset after an auto-recovery from a failure, traces initiated before the failure can be lost or overwritten. The captured debug information can be saved to the local filesystem and then sent to the supplier for further investigation. The information that is captured is listed in Table 17 . TABLE 17 supportSave categories supportSave level Captured information System (or Host) Adapter model and serial number Adapter firmware version Host model and hardware revision All support information Adapter configuration data All operating system and adapter information needed to diagnose field issues Information about all adapters in the system Firmware and driver traces Syslog message logs Windows System Event log.evt file HCM GUI-related engineering logs Events Adapter configuration data Environment information The default location to where supportSave output is saved is under the IP address of the host from which it was collected, relative to the HCM installation directory; for example: C:\Users\Administrator\HCM\data\local host\supportsave Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 91 5 supportSave supportSave collection sources Table 18 lists the sources from which you can gather supportSave information. NOTE The Master Log and Application Log are saved when supportSave is initiated through HCM, but not through the BCU. TABLE 18 1 supportSave collection sources Source of supportSave information supportSave information collected BFA-based supportSave1 Collects driver-related logs, HCM agent information, and configuration files. Internet browser Collects driver-related and HCM Agent logs and  configuration files. HCM Collects HCM application data, driver information, HCM Agent logs, and configuration files. Brocade Network Advisor (BNA) Collects only driver-related logs and configuration files. Refer to “Initiating supportSave collection using a command prompt” on page 93 for more information. Automatic statistics collection The port statistics log file is collected as part of the supportSave activity. Port statistics collection occurs every eight hours and will be logged in to a rolling file under the /log/ directory. There are a maximum of five backup files and each file has a 100 KB size limit. A new backup file overwrites the oldest file. Initiating supportSave using HCM There are two ways to trigger a supportSave collection using the HCM GUI explained in this section. You can also gather supportSave information for the adapter using the Brocade Network Advisor (BNA) application. For information about supportSave using BNA, refer to the Brocade Network Advisor User Manual. 1. Select Tool > Support Save from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click a host from the device tree and select Support Save from the list. NOTE If the agent is up, it will use the advanced configuration. If there is no agent, it will use the basic configuration. After the supportSave operation completes, the following message is displayed: Support Save Completed and is located at /data/localhost/supportSave_Basic_.zip 2. Click OK to close the dialog box. 92 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 supportSave 5 Initiating supportSave through a port crash event If the port crashes and triggers a port crash event, supportSave data is collected at a system-wide level. An Application Log message is generated with the following message: Port Crash Support Save Completed Port crash events have a CRITICAL severity and you can view the details in the Master Log and Application Log tables in HCM. For more information, refer to “Master Log” on page 76 and “Application Log” on page 78. Initiating supportSave collection using a command prompt The bcu debug command does not support the bcu debug --supportsave command. The bfa_supportsave command, however, supports the following options: • bfa_supportsave - To create and save the supportSave at /tmp. • bfa_supportsave_dir - To create and save the supportSave under a directory name that you provide. • bfa_supportsave - To create and save the supportSave under a directory and filename that you provide. If the directory already exists, it will be overwritten. NOTE If specifying a directory, make sure that the directory does not already exist to prevent overwriting the directory. Do not just specify a driver such as C: or C:\Program Files. Messages display as the system gathers information. When complete, an output file and directory display. The directory name specifies the date when the file was saved. Initiating supportSave using an Internet browser You can use an Internet browser (Internet Explorer 6 or later or Firefox 2.0 or later) to collect and transfer supportSave information for the driver and the HCM agent. Use a browser if you do not have root access, if you do not have access to file transfer methods such as FTP and SCP, or you do not have access to the Host Configuration Manager (HCM) or the Brocade Network Advisor (BNA). 1. Open an Internet browser and type the following URL: https://localhost:34568/JSONRPCServiceApp/SupportSaveController.do In this URL, localhost is the IP address of the server from which you want to collect the bfa_supportSave information. 2. Type the agent’s credentials using the factory default settings, admin and password. The File Download dialog box displays, prompting you to save the supportSaveController.do file. 3. Click Save and navigate to the location where you want to save the supportSave file. 4. Rename the supportSaveController.do file as a zip file, using .zip as the extension. Use IZArc or Winzip to unpack the file and analyze the contents. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 93 5 94 supportSave Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Appendix HCM Dialog Boxes A In this appendix • Adapter Software dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 • Authentication Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 • Backup dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 • Base Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 • Change HCM Password dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 • Change HCM Agent Password dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 • CNA Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 • CNA Port properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 • CNA Port Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 • Configure Names dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 • DCB properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 • DCB Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 • Define Name dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 • Duplicated Names dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 • Ethernet Port Properties panel (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 • Eth Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 • Event Properties dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 • Fabric Statistics dialog box (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 • FC port properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 • FCoE port properties panel (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 • FCoE Statistics dialog box (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 • FCP IM Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 • FCP IM Module Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 • Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 • Firmware Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 • Hardware Tests Diagnostics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 • HBA Properties panel (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 • Historical Performance dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 • LLDP Properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 • Logical Port Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 • LPORT Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 • Lun Masking dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 95 A HCM Dialog Boxes • Master Log Filter dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Persistent Binding dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Physical Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Port POM Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Protocol Tests dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Protocol Tests dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • QoS Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Real-time Performance Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Remote Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Restore dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • SFP Properties panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Syslog Server Configuration dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Target Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Teaming Configuration dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Teaming Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Test Log Details dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • vHBA properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) . . . . . . . . . • Virtual Port Creation dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual Port Deletion dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Virtual Port Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN Configuration dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN Configuration - Add VLAN dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN Configuration - Edit VLAN dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • VLAN Statistics for Team dialog box (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • vNIC properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) . . . . . . . . . . . 96 158 159 160 162 165 165 166 167 168 170 171 173 174 178 180 181 182 183 186 187 188 189 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Adapter Software dialog box A Adapter Software dialog box The Adapter Software dialog box allows you to update the adapter driver and boot image installed on the connected host from HCM versions 2.3 and later. Downgrades to older HCM versions are not supported. At the host level, both the driver and boot image update options are available. At the adapter level, the driver update option is disabled. Opening the dialog box Right-click the host from the device tree and select Adapter Software from the list. Fields and components Field Description Driver File field Enter the filename of the updated driver. Browse button Click to navigate to the location of the driver file to upgrade. Start Update button After you have entered the upgraded driver file, click to update the new driver. Installation Progress Details Displays the driver installation progress details. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topic for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Adapter software” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 97 A Authentication Statistics dialog box Authentication Statistics dialog box The Authentication Statistics dialog box enables you to display statistical information related to transmitted and received DH-CHAP attempts for a selected port. Opening the dialog box 1. Select an HBA port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > FC_SP > Authentication Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components 98 Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the DCB statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date the statistics were run. Failures The number of times security authentication failed. Successes The number of times security authentication succeeded. Tx Auth Rjts The number of rejected transmitted Fibre Channel authentication attempts. Tx Auth Negs The number of transmitted Fibre Channel authentication negotiation attempts. Tx Auth Dones The number of completed Fibre Channel authentication negotiation attempts. Tx DHCHAP Replies The number of transmitted DH-CHAP replies. Tx DHCHAP Challenges The number of transmitted DH-CHAP challenge attempts. Tx DHCHAP Successes The number of times a transmitted Fibre Channel authentication attempt was successful. Rx Auth Rjts The number of rejected received Fibre Channel authentication attempts. Rx Auth Negs The number of received Fibre Channel authentication negotiation attempts. Rx Auth Dones The number of completed received Fibre Channel authentication attempts. Rx DHCHAP Challenges The number of received DH-CHAP challenge attempts. Rx DHCHAP Replies The number of received DH-CHAP replies. Rx DHCHAP Successes The number of times a received DH-CHAP challenge was successful. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Authentication Statistics dialog box A Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • • “Configuring security authentication using HCM” “Configuring security authentication using the BCU” “Controlling the polling frequency rate” “Resetting statistics” “Performance monitoring” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 99 A Backup dialog box Backup dialog box The Backup dialog box allows you to create a backup of data and configuration files. Opening the dialog box Select any device from the device tree and select Tool > Backup Data from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components 100 Field Description Output Directory Enter the location of the directory in which you want to back up the data and configuration files. Browse button Click to browse to the location of the backup directory. Start Backup button Click to instruct the system to back up the data and configuration files to the designated location. Close button Click to close and exit the Backup dialog box. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Base Port Properties panel A Base Port Properties panel The Base Port Properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with the base port. Opening the panel 1. From the device tree, select a base port. 2. In the right pane, click the Base Port Properties tab. Fields and components Field Description Base Port Indicates whether the port is a base port (true or false). Credit Recovery Frames Lost The number of frames lost as determined by BB_SCs. Credit Recovery R_RDYs Lost The number of credits lost as determined by BB_SCr. Credit Recovery Link Resets The number of link resets initiated as a result of credit recovery. Fabric Name The name of the Fabric associated with the base port. FC Address The Fibre Channel address of the base port. Node WWN The world wide name of the device. Port WWN The world wide name of the base port. Roles The role of the base port; for example, FCP Initiator. State Indicates whether the base port is online or offline. Switch IP Address The IP address of the switch. Symbolic Name The symbolic name associated with the base port. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 101 A Change HCM Password dialog box Change HCM Password dialog box The Change HCM Password dialog box enables you to change an existing password for the application. Opening the dialog box Select Configure > Change HCM Password from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components Field Description User Name Type your user name. Old password Type your existing password. New password Type a new password. Confirm New password Confirm your new password by retyping it. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topic for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Changing an HCM application password” 102 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Change HCM Agent Password dialog box A Change HCM Agent Password dialog box The Change HCM Agent Password dialog box enables you to change an existing password for the host. Opening the dialog box Select Configure > Change Password > Change Agent Password from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components Field Description Host Name Displays the IP address of the host. User Name Type your user name. Old password Type your existing password. New password Type a new password. Confirm New password Confirm your new password by retyping it. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topic for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Changing an HCM application password” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 103 A CNA Properties panel CNA Properties panel The CNA Properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected converged network adapter (CNA). Opening the panel 1. Select a CNA in the device tree. 2. Click the Properties tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description CNA Parameters MAC Address The adapter’s media access control address. Name The name representing the adapter. Trunking Supported Whether trunking is supported on the adapter. Operating Status Whether the CNA is enabled or disabled. Manufacturer The company that manufactured the CNA. Model Description The description of the CNA. Max Speed Supported The maximum speed supported on the CNA, which is 10 Gbps. # of Ports The number of ports associated with the CNA. OEM Info Information about the original equipment manufacturer, if applicable. Card Mode The adapter card type; for example, CNA. Hardware Path The hardware path of the CNA. Chip Revision The revision on the adapter chip. Serial # The serial number of the CNA. Junction Temperature The temperature of the CNA, both in Celsius and Fahrenheit. Driver Parameters Note: It is possible to have multiple pairs of driver information, based on the number and types of drivers installed. The three driver possibilities include the CNA Network Driver, the FCoE Storage Driver, or a single, unified driver. Driver Name The name of the host adapter driver. Driver Version The version level of the host adapter driver. Driver Name The name of the second driver, if applicable. Driver Version The version level of the second driver, if applicable. Firmware Parameters 104 Flash Status The status of the flash; for example, good. BIOS Version The version level of the BIOS. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 CNA Properties panel Field Description Open Boot Version The open boot version of the ROM. EFI Version The EFI version of the ROM. Firmware Version The version level of the firmware. A PCI Registers Vendor ID The identifier of the PCI Register’s vendor. Device ID The device ID of the PCI Register. Subsystem Vendor ID The ID of the PCI subsystem vendor. Current # of Lanes The number of PCI lanes, in Gbps, each way between the PCI slot and the adapter. PCIe Generation The number of times the PCI Register is generated. Initial Negotiated # of Lanes The set number of PCI lanes that were initially negotiated. OEM VPD Information (HP only) OEM The name of the OEM (HP). Part # The part number of the adapter, preceded by HP; for example, HP:AXXXXA. EDC The identifier for the EDC type adapter. MDC The identifier for the MDC type adapter. Misc Miscellaneous information pertaining to the HP adapter. Serial # The serial number of the adapter, preceded by HP; for example, hp:aabbccddsss. Product Description An HP-specific description of the adapter. IBM Information EC level The adapter’s EC level (IBM only). FRU # The adapter’s FRU number (IBM only). Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 105 A CNA Port properties panel CNA Port properties panel The CNA port properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected converged network adapter (CNA) port. Opening the panel 1. Select a CNA port in the device tree. 2. Click the Properties tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description Port Parameters Port # The CNA expansion card port’s number (0 or 1). Port WWN The CNA expansion card port’s world wide name. Node WWN The adapter’s world wide name. Physical Port Type The type of physical port; for example, CNA. Name The name that is manually assigned to the port. Local Port MAC The local port’s media access control (MAC) address. Media The type of media software; for example, 8G-sw. DCB State The state of the DCB link; for example, DCB Linkup. Mode Specifies the port mode (HBA, CNA, or NIC). Fabric Parameters 106 Port Type The port type; for example, FCoE Port. FC Address The Fibre Channel address. Local Port MAC The local port’s media access control identifier. Configured Port State Indicates whether the port is enabled or disabled. Operating Port State Indicates whether the link is online or offline. Supported Classes The types of classes that are supported on the port; for example, Class-3. Operating Speed The speed at which the port is operating. The unit of measurement is in gigabits per second (Gbps). The available speed options depend on the HBA’s speed and the port’s SFP. Auto-negotiate is the recommended setting and it is the default. For the 4 Gbps HBA (Brocade 425 and Brocade 415) and the mezzanine card (Brocade 804), speed options are 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps. The 8 Gbps HBA (Brocade 825 and Brocade 815) does not support the 1 Gbps speed. Max Speed Supported The maximum speed that is supported on the port, which is 8 Gbps. Frame Data Field Size The frame size, in bytes, of the port. The default is 2112. Select auto to set the frame data field size automatically. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 CNA Port properties panel Field A Description Operating Parameters Beacon State Indicates whether beaconing is on or off. Link Beacon State Indicates whether link beaconing is on or off. Logging Level The port logging level. Values include Log Critical, Log Error, Log Warning, Log Info, and Log Invalid. Persistent Binding Indicates whether persistent binding is on or off. Target Rate Limit Indicates whether target rate limiting is on or off. Default Rate Limit Select the target rate limit from the list. Options include 1 Gbps,  2 Gbps, and 4 Gbps. The default is 2 Gbps. FC-SP Parameters Authentication Indicates whether FC-SP authentication is on or off. Status The status of Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) authentication. Algorithm The configured authentication algorithm. Group The DH Group (DH Null, group 0, is the only option). Error Status The health status of the Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) parameters. QoS Parameters Configured QoS State Indicates whether QoS is enabled or disabled. Operating QoS State Indicates whether QoS is online or offline. Total BB Credit The total number of receive buffers. Priority Levels QoS priority levels. Values include High, Medium, and Low. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 107 A CNA Port Statistics dialog box (CNA only) CNA Port Statistics dialog box (CNA only) The CNA Port Statistics dialog box displays statistical information related to ports on a converged network adapter (CNA) port. Opening the dialog box 1. Select a CNA port from the device tree. 2. Select Monitor > Statistics > Port Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components 108 Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the vport statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date and time of the most recent reset. Port WWN The world wide name of the port about which statistics are displayed. Seconds since stats is reset The number of seconds since the port statistics reset (the counter returns to 0). Frames 64 bytes The number of 64-byte frames. Frames 65-127 bytes The number of frames with 65-127 bytes. Frames 128-255 bytes The number of frames with 128-255 bytes. Frames 256-511 bytes The number of frames with 256-511 bytes. Frames 512-1023 bytes The number of frames with 512-1023 bytes. Frames 1024-1518 bytes The number of frames with 1024-1518 bytes. Frames 1519-1522 bytes The number of frames with 1519-1522 bytes. Tx bytes The number of transmitted bytes. Tx packets The number of transmitted packets. Tx multicast packets The number of transmitted multicast packets. Tx broadcast packets The number of transmitted broadcast packets. Tx control frame The number of transmitted control frames. Tx drops The number of transmitted frames dropped. Tx jabber The number of transmitted jabbers (illegal packet length). Tx FCS error The number of frame check sequence (FCS) errors transmitted, which indicate that frames of data are corrupted. Tx fragments The number of transmitted frame packets that are fragmented. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 CNA Port Statistics dialog box (CNA only) Field Description Rx bytes The number of received bytes. Rx packets The number of received packets. Rx multicast packets The number of received multicast packets. Rx broadcast packets The number of received broadcast packets. Rx control frames The number of received control frames, which assist in data frame delivery. Rx unknown opcode The number of unknown opcode frames received. Rx drops The number of received packet drops. Rx jabber The number of received jabber frames (count of frames that exceed 1518 (non-VLAN) or 1522 (VLAN) bytes and contain an invalid FCS, including alignment errors). Rx FCS errors The number of frames that have an integral of 64 to 1518 length and contain a frame check sequence (FCS) error. Rx alignment errors The number of packets received with alignment errors. Rx frame len errors The number of frames received in which the 802.3 length field did not match the number of data bytes actually received. Rx code errors The number of frames received with at least one invalid data symbol. Rx fragments The number of received frames that are less than 64 bytes in length and contain an invalid FCS (includes integral and non-integral lengths). Rx pause The number of received pauses. Rx zero pause The number of received zero pauses. Tx pause The number of transmitted pauses. Tx zero pause The number of transmitted zero pauses. Rx FCoE pause The number of times a pause control frame was received by a congested FCoE port to wait a predetermined amount of time before retransmitting data. Rx FCoE zero pause The number of times a zero pause control frame was received by a congested FCoE port. Tx FCoE pause The number of times a pause control frame was transmitted to a congested FCoE port to wait a predetermined amount of time before retransmitting data. Tx FCoE zero pause The number of times a zero pause control frame was transmitted to a congested FCoE port. Rx iSCSI pause The number of received iSCSI pauses. Rx iSCSI zero pause The number of received iSCSI zero pauses. Tx iSCSI pause The number of transmitted iSCSI pauses. Tx iSCSI zero pause The number of transmitted iSCSI zero pauses. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A 109 A CNA Port Statistics dialog box (CNA only) Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” 110 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Configure Names dialog box A Configure Names dialog box The Configure Names dialog box enables you to add a world wide name and an associated name for an adapter, port, or storage device that is not yet discovered. You can also remove a device from the Name display list and import from or export properties to a file. Opening the dialog box 1. Select any device from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Names from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components Field Description Display list Select a discovered host from the list. Current Host is the default. Name The name for all configured devices. NOTE: You can also search for a name by typing the name into the field and clicking OK. Scope list The type of name; options include the Name itself or the WWN. After you have selected the type of name from the Scope list, type the name or WWN into the corresponding field. WWN/MAC The world wide name for all configured devices. NOTE: You can also search for a name by typing the world wide name into the field and clicking OK. Operational Status The operational status of the WWN/MAC (for example, Discovered). Type The type of device; for example, Node or Port. Description Displays a description of the device. Remove button Select a device to highlight it, then click the Remove button to remove the discovered device from the list. Import Click to import properties from a properties file for a selected device. Export Click to save properties to a properties file for a selected device. Add button For undiscovered devices, type in the name of the port’s name or the WWN and click the Add button to add it to the Display list. DCFM/FM format list Select from the list to import properties. Fix Duplicates button Click to fix any duplicate names. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 111 A Configure Names dialog box Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • • • 112 “Name configuration” “Adding name entries” “Removing a name entry” “Exporting the properties for a WWN” “Importing the properties for a WWN” “Importing duplicated names” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 DCB properties panel (CNA only) A DCB properties panel (CNA only) The DCB properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected converged network adapter (CNA). Operational DCB Configuration is displayed when the DCB Status is Active. The Remote DCB Configuration table is visible only when the DCB status is inactive and the error reason is not one of the following: • • • • CEE_PHY_LINK_DOWN CEE_LLDP_SHUTDOWN_TLV_RCVD CEE_PROTOCOL_INIT CEE_LLDP_INFO_AGED_OUT Opening the panel 1. Select a DCB port in the device tree. 2. Click the DCB tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description % Bandwidth The bandwidth percentage for a given priority group. DCB Status The status of the DCB configuration; for example, Active. DCBCXP version The DCBCXP version type; for example, DCB. Ethernet Link Layer CoS Specifies a class of service (CoS) priority value from 0 (signifying best effort) through 7 (signifying real-time data) to differentiate traffic. FCoE CoS The Fibre Channel Class of Service that specifies a priority value. FCoE Logical Link Status The operational status of the FCoE logical link; for example, Up or Down. Network Priority The network priority for communication between nodes. Priority Group ID The priority group ID. Values are from 0 through 7 and 15 (strict priority). When coupled with bandwidth percentage and CoS, you can manage traffic by grouping like traffic together and giving each type a different priority level. Priority Flow Control Indicates whether priority flow control is enabled or disabled. iSCSI CoS Specifies an iSCSI class of service (CoS) priority value from 0 (signifying best effort) through 7 (signifying real-time data) to differentiate traffic. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 113 A DCB Statistics dialog box (CNA only) DCB Statistics dialog box (CNA only) The DCB Statistics dialog box enables you to display the statistics that are associated with the link layer port. Opening the dialog box 1. From the device tree, select a physical port of a CNA. 2. Select Monitor > Statistics > DCB Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components 114 Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the DCB statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. LLDP Tx Frames Transmits the local network element (NE) data on a per-link basis to the remote NE at the other end of the link. LLDP Rx Frames invalid The number of invalid received frames for LLDP. LLDP Rx Frames new The number of new received frames for LLDP. LLDP Rx Frames Collects the data received over the network link from the transmitting network element (NE), resulting in both the local NE and the remote NE having the port discovery data at each end of the network link. LLDP Rx unrecognized TLVs The number of unrecognized type-length-value (TLV) elements for LLDP. LLDP Rx shutdown TLVs The number of type-length-value (TLV) elements for LLDP that were shut down. LLDP remote info aged The number of LLDP frames that timed out between the local and remote ends of the link. DCBX phy link ups The number of Data Center Bridging (DCB) links that are up. DCBX phy link downs The number of Data Center Bridging (DCB) links that are down. DCBX Rx TLVs The number of type-length-value (TLV) elements received for DCBX. DCBX Rx TLVs invalid The number of invalid type-length-value (TLV) elements received for DCBX. DCBX control TLV errors The number of DCBX LLDP frames that were not transmitted because of errors. DCBX feature TLV errors The number of type-length-value (TLV) errors received for DCBX features. DCBX new CEE cfg rcvd The number of new configurations events received on the physical port of the CNA. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 DCB Statistics dialog box (CNA only) Field Description CEE status down The number of status down events on the physical port of the CNA. CEE status up The number of status up events on the physical port of the CNA. CEE hw cfg changed The number of times the physical port of the CNA changed. CEE invalid cfg The number of invalid configurations events received on the physical port of the CNA. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A 115 A Define Name dialog box Define Name dialog box The Define Name dialog box enables you to assign a name to an existing world wide name. You cannot define a name on an FCoE port or an Ethernet port. Opening the dialog box 1. Select a device from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Define Name from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click an adapter, port, remote port, or virtual port. Fields and components Field Description WWN/MAC The world wide name for the device. Name Enter a meaningful name for the device. Type The type of device; for example, Node or Port. Description Enter a description of the device. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • • • 116 “Name configuration” “Adding name entries” “Removing a name entry” “Exporting the properties for a WWN” “Importing the properties for a WWN” “Importing duplicated names” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Duplicated Names dialog box A Duplicated Names dialog box The Duplicated Names dialog box enables you to display configured names that are redundant. Opening the dialog box The Duplicated Names dialog box displays when you import a file with a duplicate name. 1. Select Configure > Names from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click a device from the device tree and select Configure Names. The Configure Names dialog box displays. 2. Import a file with duplicate names in the Configure Names dialog box. The Duplicated Names dialog box displays. Fields and components Field Description Append unique suffix for all repetitive names button Click to automatically add an incremental number to a duplicate name. User/Administrator will manually fix button Click if you want to manually fix a duplicate name. Name The port number with which the duplicated name is associated. WWN/MAC The world wide name or media access control address with which the duplicated name is associated. Operational Status The operational status of the duplicate WWN (for example, Discovered). Type The type of device; for example, Node or Port. Description A description of the duplicate name. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • • • “Name configuration” “Adding name entries” “Removing a name entry” “Exporting the properties for a WWN” “Importing the properties for a WWN” “Importing duplicated names” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 117 A Ethernet Port Properties panel (CNA only) Ethernet Port Properties panel (CNA only) The Ethernet Port Properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected Ethernet port. Opening the panel 1. Select an Ethernet port in the device tree. 2. Click the Properties tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description Eth Port Information Eth Dev The name of the Ethernet device. Port Type The port type; for example, Ethernet. Current MAC address The current MAC address of the Ethernet port. Factory MAC The factory-configured MAC address for the CNA. IOC ID The I/O controller identifier. Hardware Path The hardware path of the Ethernet port. State The status of the Ethernet port; for example, Linkup. Eth Log Level The status of the Ethernet log; for example, Log Critical. Bandwidth allocated Specifies the bandwidth in increments of 100 Mbps. The minimum bandwidth is 100 Mbps and the maximum is 16000 Mbps. PCI Function Number Specifies the PCI function number associated with this adapter port. MTU The maximum transmission unit. This property is supported on HCM version 3.0 only. Default NW Priority The default network priority (2). This property is supported on HCM version 3.0 only. Total Tx functions The total number of transmitted functions. This property is supported on HCM version 3.0 only. Total Rx functions The total number of received functions. This property is supported on HCM version 3.0 only. Offloads The following offload properties that are enabled or disabled (supported on HCM version 3.0 only): • Tx IPv4 header checksum • Tx TCP checksum • Tx UDP checksum • LSO • Rx IPv4 header checksum • Rx TCP checksum • Rx UDP checksum PXE Boot Information 118 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Ethernet Port Properties panel (CNA only) Field Description PXE Boot Enabled Whether Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) is enabled. VLAN ID The VLAN identifier. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A 119 A Eth Statistics dialog box (CNA only) Eth Statistics dialog box (CNA only) The Eth Statistics dialog box enables you to display statistical information related to the Ethernet port. Ethernet Statistics display only on HCM versions 2.3 and earlier. Opening the dialog box 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Monitor > Statistics > Eth Statistics from the main menu. OR Right-click the Ethernet port and select Statistics > Eth Statistics from the list. The Eth Statistics dialog box at the host level displays. Fields and components 120 Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 and 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the Ethernet IOC statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date the Ethernet statistics were run. TxF0 ucast octets The number of transmitted unicast octets. TxF0 ucast vlan The number of transmitted unicast VLANs. TxF0 mcast octets The number of transmitted multicast octets. TxF0 mcast packets The number of transmitted multicast frame packets. TxF0 ucast packets The number of transmitted unicast frame packets. TxF0 mcast vlan The number of transmitted multicast VLANs. TxF0 bcast octets The number of transmitted broadcast octets. TxF0 bcast packets The number of transmitted broadcast frame packets. TxF0 bcast vlan The number of transmitted broadcast VLANs. TxF0 errors The number of transmitted errors. TxF0 vlan filtered frames The number of transmitted VLAN filters. TxF0 SA check filtered frames The number of transmitted filter MAC source addresses. RxF0 ucast octets The number of received unicast octets. RxF0 ucast packets The number of received unicast frames. RxF0 ucast vlan The number of received unicast VLANs. RxF0 mcast octets The number of received multicast octets. RxF0 mcast packets The number of received multicast frames. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Eth Statistics dialog box (CNA only) Field Description RxF0 mcast vlan The number of received multicast VLANs. RxF0 bcast octets The number of received broadcast octets. RxF0 bcast packets The number of received broadcast frames. RxF0 bcast vlan The number of received broadcast VLANs. RxF0 frame drops The number of received frame drops. Rx completed The number of received frames that completed. Rx dropped The number of received frames that dropped. Rx alloc failed The number of received allocation fails. Rx checksum errors The number of received checksum errors. Rx mac errors The number of received media access control errors. Rx small packets The number of small packets received by the port. Rx large packets The number of large packets received by the port. Rx lro The number of packets received on the IRO server. Rx lro flush The number of packets flushed from the IRO server. Rx low rxbuf count The number of received buffers. Tx ls04 The number of transmitted IPv4 packets. Tx ls06 The number of transmitted IPv6 packets. Tx ls0 Errors The number of transmitted IPv6 packet errors. Tx tcp cs0 The number of transmitted TCP packets with CS0 (the default priority class). Tx ip4 cs0 The number of transmitted IP4 packets with CSO (the default priority class). Tx udp cs0 The number of transmitted UDP packets with CS0 (the default priority class). Tx checksum help Transmitted checksum help. Tx checksum help errors The number of transmitted checksum help errors. Tx map errors The number of transmitted map errors. Tx res drops Transmitted packets that were dropped but are now resumed. Tx small packets The number of small transmitted packets. Tx large packets The number of large transmitted packets. Tx out of wis count The total number of transmitted packets with an out of wis route status. Tx wi waitq count The total number of transmitted packets with a waitq route status. Tx ctxt waitq count The total number of transmitted packets with a waitq route status saved to a text file (.ctxt). Tx max nbs per nbl The maximum number of transmitted packets on the NBS console server. CEE toggle count The number of DCB toggles. mbox intr disables The number of Mbox interrupts that are disabled. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A 121 A 122 Eth Statistics dialog box (CNA only) Field Description Link toggle count The number of link toggles. mbox intr enables The number of Mbox interrupts that are enabled. Tx stops The number of stopped transmitted packets. Tx wakeups The number of times stopped transmitted packets wake up. Tx res stops The number of stopped receive packets that are resumed. Tx hardware stop The number of stopped transmitted hardware packets. Rx schedules The schedules for receive packets. Rx hardware stops The number of stopped receive hardware packets. Rx resumes The number of resumed receive packets. Rx rss config count The number of receive packets with an RSS configuration. Hardware stats updates The number of hardware statistics updates. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Event Properties dialog box A Event Properties dialog box The Event Properties dialog box displays the properties associated with a selected event from the Master Log. Opening the dialog box 1. Click the Master Log tab, located on the bottom pane of the Host Connectivity Manager. A master summary of events on all discovered devices is displayed. 2. Double-click an event. Fields and components Field Description Date/Time The date when the event occurred. Time The time when the event occurred. Severity The event severity (informational, minor, major, or critical). WWN/MAC The world wide name (WWN) or media access control (MAC) address of the device on which the event occurred. Event ID An identifier that corresponds to the event. Category The category of event; for example, Rport or ITNIM. Description A brief description of the event. Root Cause The root cause of the event. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Master Log” • “Application Log” • “Filtering event log entries” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 123 A Fabric Statistics dialog box (HBA only) Fabric Statistics dialog box (HBA only) The Fabric Statistics dialog box enables you to view statistics on a selected Fabric or CNA. Opening the dialog box 1. Select an FC port from the device list. 2. Select Monitor > Statistics > Fabric Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. NOTE To view ports by name, click the View menu and select Name Display > Name. Fields and components Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start Polling button Click to manually poll the statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Num FLOGIs sent The number of Fabric logins sent. FLOGI response errors The number of Fabric login response errors. FLOGI accept errors The number of times Fabric login attempts are accepted. FLOGI accepts received The number of times Fabric logins are received. FLOGI rejects received The number of times Fabric login attempts are rejected. Unknown responses for FLOGI The number of unknown Fabric login responses. Alloc waits before FLOGI sent The number of delayed Fabric login allocations. FLOGIs received The number of times Fabric logins are received. Incoming FLOGIs rejected The number of times Fabric logins are rejected. Fabric online notifications The number of internal notifications for Fabrics that are online that are sent to other modules. Fabric offline notifications The number of internal notifications for Fabrics that are offline that are sent to other modules. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” 124 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 FC port properties panel A FC port properties panel The FC port properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected FC port. Opening the panel Select an FC port in the device tree and click the Properties tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description PCI Function Index The PCI Function identifier. Port WWN The FC port’s world wide name. Node WWN The node’s world wide name. State The state of the FC port (for example, operational). Path TOV Specifies the path timeout value, in seconds. Port Log Indicates whether displaying the log of FC frames and other main control messages is enabled or disabled. IO Profile Indicates whether the IO Profile feature is on or off. The I/O profile gathers the I/O latency information based on size (average, minimum, and maximum). # of Lports The number of logical ports that are online. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 125 A FCoE port properties panel (CNA only) FCoE port properties panel (CNA only) The FCoE port properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected FCoE port. Opening the panel Select an FCoE port in the device tree and click the Properties tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description FCoE Port information State The state of the FCoE port (for example, operational). FCoE MAC The FCoE port’s media access control address. Port WWN The FCoE port’s world wide name. Node WWN The node’s world wide name. Supported Classes The classes supported on the FCoE port; for example, Class2 and Class3. Symbolic Name The nickname for the selected FCoE port. VLAN ID The VLAN identifier; applicable to HCM version 2.3 and later. Hardware Path The hardware path of the FCoE port. Port Log Indicates whether the port log is enabled or disabled. Path TOV Specifies the path timeout value, in seconds. IO Profile Indicates whether the I/O Profile feature is on or off. The IO profile gathers the I/O latency information based on size (average, minimum, and maximum). PCI Function Number Specifies the PCI function number associated with this adapter port. Bandwidth Allocated Specifies the bandwidth in increments of 100 Mbps. The minimum bandwidth is 100 Mbps and the maximum is 16000 Mbps. # of Lports The number of logical ports that are online. FCoE information Priorities Lists the available priorities. PG ID The priority group ID. Values ar from 0 through 7 and 15 (strict priority). Bandwidth The bandwidth percentage for a given priority group. Port Parameters 126 Port # The port number: 0 or 1. Port WWN The port’s world wide name. Node WWN The adapter’s world wide name. Physical Port Type The type of physical port (CNA). Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 FCoE port properties panel (CNA only) Field Description Name The name that is manually assigned to the port. Local Port MAC The local port’s media access control (MAC) address. Media Type of media software; for example, 8G-sw. DCB State The state of the DCB port; for example, Linkup. Mode Specifies the port mode (HBA, CNA, or NIC). A Fabric Parameters Port Type The port type; for example, N_Port. FC Address The FCoE port’s Fibre Channel address. Local Port MAC The media access control address of the local port. Configured Port State Indicates whether the FCoE port is enabled or disabled. Operating Port State Indicates whether the port is online or offline. Supported Classes The classes that are supported on the Fabric. Operating Speed The configured speed of the FCoE port. Max Speed Supported The maximum speed that is supported on the FCoE port. Frame Data Field Size The frame size, in bytes, of the FCoE port. Operating Parameters Note: Beacon State and Link Beacon State are not supported on the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card. Beacon State Indicates whether beaconing is turned on. Link Beacon State Indicates whether link beaconing is turned on. Logging Level The port logging level. Values include Log Critical, Log Error, Log Warning, and Log Info. Persistent Binding Indicates whether persistent binding is enabled or disabled. Target Rate Limit Indicates whether target rate limiting is enabled or disabled. Default Rate Limit The default rate limit, which is not applicable, because target rate limiting is not supported on the FCoE port. FC-SP Parameters Authentication Indicates whether FC-SP authentication is disabled or enabled. Status The status of FC-SP authentication. Algorithm The configured authentication algorithm. Group The DH group, which is DH-null (group 0), the only option. Error Status The health status of the Fibre Channel Security Protocol parameters. QoS Parameters Configured QoS State Indicates whether QoS is enabled or disabled. Operating QoS State Indicates whether QoS is online or offline. Total BB Credit The total number of receive buffers. Priority Levels QoS priority levels. Values include High, Medium, and Low. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 127 A FCoE port properties panel (CNA only) Using the panel Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this panel: • “Configuring beaconing using HCM” • “Configuring beaconing using the BCU” 128 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 FCoE Statistics dialog box (CNA only) A FCoE Statistics dialog box (CNA only) The FCoE Statistics dialog box enables you to display statistical information related to the Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) port. Opening the dialog box 1. Select an FCoE port from the device tree. 2. Select Monitor > Statistics > FCoE Statistics from the main menu. OR Right-click the FCoE port and select Statistics > FCoE Statistics from the list. The FCoE Statistics dialog box at the host level displays. Fields and components txf Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start Polling button Click to manually poll the FCoE statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date the FCoE statistics were run. secs_reset The number of seconds since the FCoE statistics were last reset. cee_linkups The number of Data Center Bridging (DCB) links that are up. cee_linkdns The number of DCB links that are down. fip_linkups The number of links with FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) that are up. fip_linkdwns The number of links with FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) that are down. fip_fails The number of links with FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) requests that failed. mac_invalids The number of invalid media access control (MAC) assignments. vlan_req The number of virtual LAN (VLAN) requests. vlan notifications The number of VLAN notifications. vlan_err The number of virtual LAN (VLAN) notification errors. vlan_timeouts The number of times a virtual LAN (VLAN) request times out. vlan_invalids The number of invalid virtual LAN requests. Discovery_requests The number of discovery requests. disc_rsp The number of discovery responses. disc_err The number of error frames during discovery. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 129 A 130 FCoE Statistics dialog box (CNA only) Field Description disc_unsol The number of unsolicited discovery requests. Discovery timeouts The number of timeouts during discovery. disc_fcf_unavail The number of FCoE Forwarder (FCF) requests. linksvc_unsupp. The number of unsupported FIP link service requests. linksvc_err The number of FIP link service request errors. FIP logos received The number of FIP logos received. clrvlink_req The number of clear virtual link requests (needed to terminate virtual links to other ports). op_unsupp The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) operations that are unsupported. untagged The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) frames that are untagged. txf_ucast The number of transmitted FCoE unicast frames. txf_ucast_vlan The number of transmitted FCoE unicast VLANs frames. txf_ucast_octets The number of transmitted FCoE unicast octets. txf_mcast The number of transmitted FCoE multicast frames. txf_mcast_vlan The number of transmitted FCoE multicast VLAN frames. txf_mcast_octets The number of transmitted FCoE multicast octets. txf_bcast_vlan The number of transmitted FCoE broadcast VLAN frames. Tx FCoE broadcast octets The number of transmitted FCoE broadcast octets. txf_timeout The number of transmissions that timed out. txf_parity_errors The number of transmitted parity errors. txf_fid_parity_errors The number of transmitted FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) parity errors. rxf_ucast_octets The number of received FCoE unicast octets. rxf_ucast_vlan The number of received FCoE unicast VLAN frames. rxf_ucast_octets The number of received FCoE multicast octets. rxf_ucast The number of received FCoE unicast frames. rxf_mcast The number of received FCoE multicast frames. rxf_mcast_vlan The number of received FCoE multicast VLAN frames. Rx FCoE broadcast octets The number of received FCoE broadcast octets. rxf_bcast The number of received FCoE broadcast frames. rxf_bcast_vlan The number of received FCoE brocadcast VLAN frames. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 FCP IM Statistics dialog box A FCP IM Statistics dialog box The FCP IM Statistics dialog box enables you to display Fibre Channel Protocol Input Method  (FCP IM) statistical information for initiators and targets. Opening the dialog box Select Monitor > Statistics > Remote Port Statistics > FCP IM Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click a remote port from the device tree and select FCP IM Statistics. Fields and components Field Description Date The date and time of the most recent reset. num rport online The number of online R_Ports. num rport offline The number of offline R_Ports. num prli sent out The number of process login (PRLI) requests sent. num fcxp alloc waits The number of FCXP allocation waits. num prli rsp errors The number of process login (PRLI) response errors. num prli rsp accepts The number of process login (PRLI) response accepts. rport is an initiator Whether the remote port is an initiator. prli rsp parsing errors The number of process login (PRLI) response parse errors. num prli rsp rejects The number of process login (PRLI) rejected requests. num timeouts detected The number of timeouts detected. num sler notification from BFA The number of second-level errors recovered, reported by BFA. Total IO The total number of input/output (I/O) operations on the port. Data in-bound requests The number of data requests for in-bound data only. Data out-bound requests The number of data requests for out-bound data only. Total IO Completions The total number of input/output (I/O) operations that completed successfully. Write data transfered in bytes The write data that was transferred, measured in bytes. Read data transfered in bytes The read data that was transferred, measured in bytes. Slowpath IO completions The number of slow path I/O requests that are completed. IO underrun The number of successful firmware I/O underrun operations. IO overrun The number of successful firmware I/O overrun operations. IO Request-Q wait The number of I/O requests in the wait queue. IO Request-Q wait done The number of I/O requests in the wait queue that are completed. No free IO tag The number of I/O tags that are not free. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 131 A 132 FCP IM Statistics dialog box Field Description IO timeouts The number of I/O timeouts. IO failure due to target offline The number of I/O failures caused by an offline target. IO protocol errors The number of I/O protocol errors. IO SBC-3 protection errors Number of SCSI block data protection errors for SBC-3 (SCSI Block Command 3). fcp-2 error recovery failed The number of times an FCP-2 error recovery attempt failed. Delayed freeing of IO tag The number of I/O tags with delayed freeing. Host IO abort requests The number of host I/O abort requests. Host IO abort completions The number of Host I/O aborts that completed. IO clean-up requests The number of I/O clean-up requests. IO path tov expired The number of I/Os where the timeout value has expired. IO abort completions The number of I/O aborts that completed. IO cleaned-up due to IOC down The number of I/Os that were cleaned up because the IO Controller went down. IO comp with unknown tags The number of I/O completions with unknown tags. Abort request due to TM command The number of requests aborted because of target mode (TM) commands. Abort completion due to TM command The number of target mode command requests resulting in an abort. IT Nexus create requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) create requests. IT Nexus FW create requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create requests. IT Nexus FW create completions The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create completions. IT Nexus onlines The number of online Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. IT Nexus offlines The number of offline Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. IT Nexus FW delete requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus firmware delete requests. IT Nexus FW delete completions The number of Initiator Target Nexus firmware delete completions. IT Nexus delete requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus delete requests. Num IOC disables The number of disabled IO controllers. IT Nexus cleanup completions The number of Initiator Target Nexus cleanup completions. TM Requests The number of target mode (TM) requests. TM Completions The number of target mode (TM) completions. TM initiated IO cleanup success The number of target mode (TM)-initiated IO cleanup requests that succeeded. TM initiated IO cleanup failure The number of target mode (TM)-initiated IO cleanup requests that failed. No free TM tag The number of free target mode (TM) tags. TM Request-Q wait The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests. SLER events The number of second-level error recovery (SLER) events. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 FCP IM Statistics dialog box Field Description TM Request-Q wait done The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests that completed. TM cleaned-up due to IOC down The number of target mode requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. TM cleanup requests The number of target mode (TM) cleanup requests. TM cleanup completions The number of target mode (TM) cleanup completions. LM lun is across sg data buf The LM LUN is across the SG data buffer. LM lun is not supported The LM LUN is not supported. LM report_lun data changed The LUN data that has changed. LM residue in report-lun response changed The LUN data in the report LUN response changed. LM buf is smaller than lun cnt reported by target The LM data buffer is smaller than the number of LUNs reported by the target. LM lun not ready The number of LM LUNs that are not ready for transfer. Total data transfered in bytes The total number of data transfered, measured in bytes. A Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 133 A FCP IM Module Statistics dialog box FCP IM Module Statistics dialog box The FCP IM Module Statistics dialog box enables you to display statistical information for each Initiator Target Nexus (ITN). Opening the dialog box Select Monitor > Statistics > FCP IM Module Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click a port from the device tree and select Statistics > FCP IM Module Statistics. Fields and components 134 Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the FCP IM Module statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date and time of the most recent reset. Total IO requests The total number of input/output (I/O) operations on the port. Data in-bound requests The number of data requests for in-bound data only. Data out-bound requests The number of data requests for out-bound data only. Total IO completions The total number of input/output (I/O) operations that completed successfully. Write data transferred in bytes The write data that was transferred, measured in bytes. Read data transferred in bytes The read data that was transferred, measured in bytes. Slowpath IO completions The number of slow path I/O requests that are completed. IO underrun The number of successful firmware I/O underrun operations. IO overrun The number of successful firmware I/O overrun operations. IO request-Q wait The number of I/O requests in the wait queue. IO request-Q wait done The number of I/O requests in the wait queue that are completed. No free IO tag The number of I/O tags that are not free. IO timeouts The number of I/O timeouts. IO failure due to target offline The number of I/O failures caused by an offline target. IO protocol errors The number of I/O protocol errors. IO SBC-3 protection errors The number of SCSI block data protection errors for SBC-3 (SCSI Block Command 3). fcp-2 error recovery failed The number of times an FCP-2 error recovery attempt failed. Delayed freeing of IO tag The number of I/O tags with delayed freeing. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 FCP IM Module Statistics dialog box Field Description Host IO abort requests The number of host I/O abort requests. Host IO abort completions The number of Host I/O aborts that completed. IO clean-up requests The number of I/O clean-up requests. IO path tov expired The number of I/Os where the timeout value has expired. IO abort completions The number of I/O aborts that completed. IO cleaned-up due to IOC down The number of I/Os that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. IO comp with unknown tags The number of I/O completions with unknown tags. Abort request due to TM command The number of requests aborted because of target mode (TM) commands. Abort completion due to TM command The number of target mode command requests resulting in an abort. IT Nexus create requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) create requests. IT Nexus FW create requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create requests. IT Nexus FW create completions The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create completions. IT Nexus onlines The number of online Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests IT Nexus offlines The number of offline Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. IT Nexus FW delete requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus firmware delete requests. IT Nexus FW delete completions The number of Initiator Target Nexus firmware delete completions. IT Nexus delete requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus delete requests. SLER events The number of second-level error recovery (SLER) events. Num IOC disables The number of disabled I/O controllers. IT Nexus cleanup completions The number of Initiator Target Nexus cleanup completions. TM Requests The number of target mode (TM) requests. TM Completions The number of target mode (TM) completions. TM initiated IO cleanup success The number of target mode (TM)-initiated I/O cleanup requests that succeeded. TM initiated IO cleanup failure The number of target mode (TM)-initiated I/O cleanup requests that failed. No free TM tag The number of free target mode (TM) tags. TM Request - Q wait The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests TM Request - Q wait done The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests that completed. TM cleaned-up due to IOC down The number of target mode requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. TM cleanup requests The number of target mode (TM) cleanup requests. TM cleanup completions The number of target mode (TM) cleanup completions. Aborted IO requests The number of aborted I/O requests. IO timeouts The number of times an I/O operation timed out. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A 135 A FCP IM Module Statistics dialog box Field Description IO retry for SQ error recovery The number of I/O retries for sequence level error recovery. Delayed freeing of IO resources The number of times I/O resource freeing was delayed. Host IO abort requests The number of aborted I/O requests. IO cleaned-up due to IOC down The number of I/Os that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. TM cleaned-up due to IOC down The number of target mode requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. Total IO count The total number of input/output (I/O) operations. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” 136 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box A Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box enables you to define security authentication on selected ports. Opening the dialog box Select Configure > Authentication from the main menu, or perform the appropriate following step to open the security authentication dialog box: • From the host level, right-click the host and select Authentication from the list. The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (host level) dialog box displays. • From the adapter level, right-click the adapter and select Authentication from the list. The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (adapter level) dialog box displays. This dialog box is identical to the Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (host level) dialog box. • From the adapter port level, right-click a port and select FC-SP > Authentication from the list. The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box at the host level displays. Fields and components Field Description Port # The port number (0 or 1) for which you are configuring security authentication. Port WWN The world wide name of the port for which you are configuring security authentication. Port Name The name of the port (for example, Port 0 or Port 1) for which you are configuring security authentication. Authentication check box Check to enable port security authentication. Status Indicates whether authentication is used. Algorithm The configured algorithm. Options include MD5, SHA1, MD5SHA1, SHAMD5. Group Indicates the DH group value. DHNULL (group 0) is the only option. Enable Authentication check box Check to enable FC-SP authentication on the selected device. CHAP Secret Type the CHAP secret. Retype Secret Retype the CHAP secret to confirm. Algorithm list Select the type of algorithm. Options include the following: • MD5 - A hashing algorithm that verifies a message’s integrity using Message Digest version 5. • SHA1 - A secure hashing algorithm that computes a 160-bit message digest for a data file that is provided as input. • MD5SH1 - Similar to the MD5 hashing algorithm, but used for DH-CHAP authentication. • SHA1MD5 - Similar to the SHA1 hashing algorithm, but used for DH-CHAP authentication. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 137 A Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box Field Description Group list The DHNULL (group 0) is the only option available in the list. Apply button Click to apply the FC-SP settings. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” 138 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Firmware Statistics dialog box A Firmware Statistics dialog box The Firmware Statistics dialog box enables you to display statistical information about the firmware. Opening the dialog box 1. Select a CNA port. 2. Select Monitor > Statistics > Firmware from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click a DCB port from the device tree and select Statistics > Firmware. Fields and components Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the firmware statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. IOC Firmware • • • • • • IOC FC Firmware • • • • • Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Enable Requests—The number of IOC firmware enable requests. Disable Requests—The number of IOC firmware disable requests. Get Attr Requests—The number of get attribute requests. DBG sync count—The number of debug synchronizations that occurred. DBG dump count—The number of debug dumps that occurred. Unknown Requests—The number of IOC firmware requests that are unknown. Cfg Requests—The total number of configuration requests on the IOC FC firmware. Update queue request—The number of update Q requests on the IOC FC firmware. Interrupt coalesce reqs—The number of times an interrupt coalesce is requested. Unknown req—The number of IOC FC firmware requests that are unknown. Set interrupt reqs—The number of Set Interrupt requests on the IOC FC firmware. 139 A Firmware Statistics dialog box Field Description Firmware IO • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 140 IO aborted by host—The number of host I/O aborts in the firmware. IO clean up by host driver—The number of host driver I/O cleanup attempts in the firmware. IO timeouts—The number of I/O timeouts in the firmware. fcp_data frame parsed by f/w—The number of frames parsed by the firmware. fcp rsp frame parsed by f/w—The number of FCS responses on the firmware I/O. xfer_rdy frame parsed by f/w—The number of transfer-ready frames. BLS ACC frame parsed by f/w—The number of BLS ACC frames on the firmware I/O. target ABTS frame parsed by f/w—The number of aborted target frames on the firmware I/O. unknown frame parsed by f/w—The number of unknown frames on the firmware I/O. f/w DMA’ed the data frame—The number of data frames dropped by the firmware. fw rec timed out—The number of receive timeouts on the firmware I/O. fw sending rec on an error condition—The number of errors received on the firmware I/O. fw wait for SI—The number of sequential initiative waits on the firmware I/O. rec rsp invalid—The number of invalid receive responses. target does not know cmd so abort—The number of aborted target frames on the firmware I/O. SEQR failed so retry IO—The number of sequential retries due to failures. ITN CISC updated on fcp_rsp—The number of CICSs updated on response. ITN CISC updated on fcp_data—The number of CICSs updated on FCP data frames. ITN CISC updated on fcp_xfr_rdy—The number of updates that occurred on xfer_rdy events. fcp data lost—The number of FCP data frames lost. Target set RO in xfer_rdy frame—The number of RO set in xfer_rdy events on the firmware I/O. Out of order xfer_rdy received—The number of xfer_rdy_OOO errors on the firmware I/O. Unknown error in xfer_rdy frame— The number of transfer-ready errors of unknown origin. ABTS timed out—The number of ABTS timeouts on the firmware I/O. SLER initiated—The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) second-level error recoveries (SLER) initiated. fcp response in wrong state—The number of times responses were in the wrong state. fcp rsp IO underrun—The number of I/O response underruns. fcp rsp IO underrun for write—The number of I/O response underruns during write operations. fcp rsp underrun error—The number of I/O response underrun errors. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Firmware Statistics dialog box Field Description Firmware IO (continued) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A invalid residue—The number of invalid residue responses. fcp rsp IO overrun—The number of overrun responses on the firmware I/O. fcp rsp IO overrun error—The number of overrun response errors on the firmware I/O. protocol error in fcp rsp—The number of response protocol errors on the firmware I/O. error in sense info in fcp rsp—The number of response sense data errors on the firmware I/O. FCP conf requested—The number of RSP_conf requests on the firmware I/O. target initiated abort—The number of RSP_target initiated I/O aborts. IOH edtov timer event—The number of Error Detect timeout events. IOH FCP_RSP exception—The number of FCP response exception events during firmware I/O. IOH FCP_CONF—The number of FCP conf events during firmware I/O. IOH multi-frame FCP_RSP—The number of multi-frame response events during firmware I/O. IOH hit class2—The number of hit class2 events during firmware I/O. IOH miss other—The number of other events missed during firmware I/O. IOH seq cnt error—The number of seq count error events during firmware I/O. IOH len err_fcp_dl bytes xfered—The number of length error bytes transferred. IOH seq len error—The number of IOH seq length error events during firmware I/O. Data out of range—The number of data events that are out of range during firmware I/O. Relative offset out of range—The number of relative offset events during firmware I/O. IOH hit_iost owned by f/w—The number of CPU-owned events during firmware I/O. unexpected frame received count—The number of unexpected frame events during firmware I/O. IOH error interrupt—The number of interrupted errors during firmware I/O. 141 A Firmware Statistics dialog box Field Description Firmware Port FPG • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 142 FPG interrupts—The number of firmware port interrupts. FPG level intrs—The number of Level 0 interrupts on the firmware port. FPG intr_excess—The number of excessive interrupts. FPG cause intrs—The number of 0 cause interrupts on the firmware port. FPG intr other—The number of “other” interrupts on the firmware port. FPG intr other ignored—The number of other interrupts that are ignored on the firmware port. FPG signal lost—The number of times loss of signal has occurred. FPG signal regained—The number of times loss of signal has been regained. FPG sync lost—The number of times loss of synchronization has occurred. DS unexpec frame error—The number of unexpected DS frame errors. FPG sync timeout—The number of times synchronization timeout has occurred. FPG sync regained—The number of times loss of synchronization has been regained. FPG div2 overflow—The number of DIV2 overflow events on the firmware port. FPG div2 underflow—The number of DIV2 underflow events on the firmware port. FPG efifo overflow—The number of elastic FIFO (EFIFO) overflow events. FPG efifo underflow—The number of elastic FIFO (EFIFO) underflow events. FPG IDLE primitives—The number of IDLE primitive events. FPG LRR primitives—The number of link reset response (LRR) primitive events. FPG LR primitives—The number of link reset (LR) primitive events. FPG OLS primitives—The number of Offline Sequence (OLS) primitive events. FPG NOS primitives—The number of not operational (link has failed) primitive events. FPG LIP primitives—The number of loop initialization (LIP) primitive events. FPG ARBFO primitives—The number of ARBFO primitive events that occurred on the firmware port. FPG ARB primitives—The number of ARB primitive events that occurred on the firmware port. FPG MRK primitives—The number of MRK primitive events that occurred on the firmware port. FPG const_mark_rx—The number of received MRK primitive events. FPG unknown primitives—The number of unknown primitive events that occurred on the firmware port. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Firmware Statistics dialog box Field Description Firmware Port PHYSM • • • • • Firmware Port FCoE • • • • • • Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A Module insert count—The number of module inserts in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). Module extracts count—The number of module extracts in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). Invalid module inserted count—The number of module invalid events in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). Module validation status ignored—The number of module validation ignored events in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). laser fault count—The number of laser fault events in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). CEE link up count—The number of DCB linkups on the FCoE port. CEE link down count—The number of DCB linkdowns on the FCoE port. FIP link up count—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) linkups. FIP link down count—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) linkdowns. FIP fail count—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) failures. Invalid mac assigned—The number of invalid MAC assigments on the FCoE port. 143 A Firmware Statistics dialog box Field Description Firmware Port FIP • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Firmware CT MAC • • • • • Vlan discovery requests—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) VLAN requests. Vlan notifications—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) VLAN notifications. Vlan response error—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) VLAN error frames. Vlan discovery timeouts—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) VLAN request timeouts. invalid vlan in discovery advert—Whether the VLAN is invalid. Discovery solicit requests—The number of solicited FIP discovery requests. Discovery solicit response—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) discovery responses. Discovery advert. parse errors—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) discovery error frames. Discovery unsolicited—The number of unsolicited FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) discovery requests. Discovery timeouts—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) discovery timeouts. Discovery FCF Not Avail.—The FCoE Forwarder (FCF) is not available for discovery. Unsupported link service req—The number of unsupported FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) link services. Parse error in link service req—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) link service error frames. FIP logos received—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) logout requests. Clear virtual link req.—The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) clear virtual link requests. Unsupported FIP operation—The number of unsupported FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) operations. Untagged frames—The number of untagged FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) frames. MAC got turned-on—The number of times MAC has been turned on. Link_up—The number of linkups on the Firmware CT. lost signal—The number of times loss of signal has occurred. MAC reset count—The number of times MAC has been reset. DFE on—The number of decision-feedback-equalization (DFE) requests. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” 144 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Hardware Tests Diagnostics dialog box A Hardware Tests Diagnostics dialog box The Hardware Tests Diagnostics dialog box enables you to run tests on the port and to configure parameters such as link speed and frame count. Opening the dialog box 1. Select an HBA, CNA, DCB port, or HBA port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Diagnostics from the Host Connectivity Manager. 3. Click the Hardware Tests tab. Fields and components Field Description Memory Test check box Check to run a Memory test on the port. Ports list Select a port from the list. PCI Loopback Test check box Check to run a PCI Loopback test on the port. Data Pattern Type a data pattern. The default value is A5A5A5A5. Test Cycle Specify the number of times the test runs. The default value is 100. Loopback Test check box Check to run a Loopback test on the port. Queue Test check box Check to run a Queue test on the port. Subtest ID list Select a subtest from the list. The default is Internal. Link Speed list Select a link speed from the list. Frame Count Type a frame count. The default value is 8192. Stop on Error check box Check to flag the system to stop running the test if an error occurs. Test Log list Displays the time the test was run, the status of the test, and the result of the test. Start button Click to run the selected test. Stop button Click to stop all pending tests. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Configuring beaconing using HCM” • “supportSave” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 145 A HBA Properties panel (HBA only) HBA Properties panel (HBA only) The HBA Properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected 4 Gbps or 8 Gbps Brocade HBA or mezzanine card. Opening the panel 1. Select an HBA in the device tree. 2. Click the Properties tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description HBA Parameters Node WWN The adapter node’s world wide name. Name The name representing the adapter. Operating Status Whether the HBA is enabled or disabled. Trunking Supported Whether trunking is supported on the HBA. Manufacturer The company that manufactured the HBA. Model Description The description of the HBA. Max Speed Supported The maximum speed supported on the HBA; for example, 8 Gbps. # of Ports The number of ports associated with the HBA. OEM info Information about the original equipment manufacturer. Card Mode The adapter card mode; for example, FC, CNA, or AnyIO. Chip Revision The revision level of the chip. Hardware Path The hardware path of the HBA. Serial # The serial number of the HBA. Junction Temperature The temperature of the HBA, displayed in Celsius and Fahrenheit. Board Temperature The temperature of the adapter board. Driver Parameters Note: It is possible to have multiple pairs of driver information, based on the number and types of drivers installed. The three driver possibilities include the CNA Network Driver, the FCoE Storage Driver, or a single, unified driver. Driver Name The name of the host adapter driver. Driver Version The version level of the host adapter driver. Firmware Parameters Firmware Version The version level of the firmware. BIOS Version The version level of the BIOS. PCI Registers Vendor ID 146 The identifier of the PCI Register’s vendor. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 HBA Properties panel (HBA only) Field Description Device ID The device ID of the PCI Register. Subsystem Vendor ID The ID of the PCI subsystem vendor. Current # of Lanes The number of PCI lanes, in Gbps, each way between the PCI slot and the adapter. Initial Negotiated # of Lanes The set number of PCI lanes that were initially negotiated. PCIe Generation The number of times the PCI Register is generated. A OEM Vital Product Data (VPD) Information Note: This information does not exist for the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card. OEM The name of the original equipment manufacturer. Part # The OEM part number of the HBA. EDC The engineering date code (HP only), displayed as A-YYWW, where A is the revision, YY is the year minus 1960, and WW is the week of the release. For example, A-4832 is Revision A, week 32 of 2008. MDC The manufacturing date code (HP only), displayed as YYWW, where YY is the year minus 1960 and WW is the week of manufacturing. For example, 4915 is the 15th week of 2009. PW The power rating (HP only). The value, 10 W, is the same for all adapters. EC level The engineering change level for the card, represented by alphanumeric characters. FRU # The OEM FRU number of the HBA. Serial # The OEM serial number of the HBA. Product Description The OEM product description of the HBA. Vendor Data Displays information that is specific to the HBA vendor. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 147 A Historical Performance dialog box Historical Performance dialog box The Historical Performance dialog box allows you to generate a historical performance graph for a device Opening the dialog box 1. Select the device for which you want to generate a historical performance graph. 2. Select Monitor > Performance > Historical Performance. Fields and components Field Description Statistics Name Select the type of statistics you want to run from the list. You can display and filter historical statistics on the port, virtual port, Ethernet port, or remote port. Data for list Select one of the following frequencies: • Last 1 Day—One sample of historical data is collected for 30 minutes’ duration. • Last 1 Week—Two samples of historical data are collected for one hour’s duration. • Last 1 Month—Four samples of historical data are collected for two hours’ duration. Apply button Click to apply your configuration changes. Statistics Counters options Filter the historical performance statistics by selecting or clearing the following statistics counters check boxes. By default, all of the statistics counters are enabled. • Tx Words (Mbps)—The number of total transmitted Fibre Channel words across all protocols and classes. • Rx Words (Mbps)—The number of total received Fibre Channel words across all protocols and classes. • Dropped frames—The number of frames that were lost due to a lack of host buffers available. • Errored frames—The number of frames received in error. • Loss of sync count—The number of times loss of synchronization occurred. • Loss of signal count—The number of times loss of signal occurred. • Rx CRC err frames—The number of frames that have been received in error. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Real-time performance data” • “Historical performance data” 148 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 LLDP Properties panel (CNA only) A LLDP Properties panel (CNA only) The LLDP Properties panel enables you to display the link layer properties that are associated with the selected converged network adapter (CNA), both locally and remotely. Opening the panel 1. Select a CNA in the device tree. 2. Click the LLDP tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description Chassis ID The MAC address associated with the local system. Port Description The user-configured port description. Port ID The port identification associated with the transmitting LLDP agent. System Name The user-configured name of the local system. System Description The system description containing information about the software and current image running on the system. System Capabilities The primary functions performed by the system. The capabilities that the system supports are not configurable, but are based on the model of the product. Time to Live The age of the information propogated in LLDP frames. Time to live (TTL) values are measured in seconds. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 149 A Logical Port Statistics dialog box Logical Port Statistics dialog box The Logical Port Statistics dialog box enables you to display statistics that are related to a selected logical port. Opening the dialog box Select Monitor > Statistics > Logical Port Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click a logical port (LPORT) from the device tree and select Logical Port Statistics. Fields and components NS 150 Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the logical port statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date and time of the most recent reset. ns_plogi_sent The number of Name Server port logins sent. ns_plogi_rsp_err The number of Name Server response errors. ns_plogi_acc_err The number of Name Server port login accept errors. ns_plogi_accepts The number of times Name Server port logins are accepted. NS command rejects The number of Name Server port login rejects. ns_plogi_unknown_rsp The number of unknown Name Server port login response errors. ns_plogi_alloc_wait The number of delayed Name Server port login response errors. NS command retries The number of Name Server command retries. NS command timeouts The number of Name Server command timeouts. ns_rspnid_sent The number of times the Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier was sent. ns_rspnid_accepts The number of times the Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier was accepted. ns_rspnid_rsp_err The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier response errors. ns_rspnid_rejects The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier rejects. ns_rspnid_alloc_wait The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier allocations. ns_rftid_sent The number of Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests sent. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Logical Port Statistics dialog box Field Description ns_rftid_accepts The number of times the system accepted Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests. ns_rftid_rsp_err The number of Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier response errors. ns_rftid_rejects The number of times the system rejected Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests. ns_rftid_alloc_wait The number of delayed Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier allocations. ns_rffid_sent The number of Name Server RFID tag requests sent. ns_rffid_accepts The number of times the system accepted Name Server RFID tag requests. ns_rffid_rsp_err The number of Name Server RFID tag response errors. ns_rffid_rejects The number of Name Server RFID tag rejects. ns_rffid_alloc_wait The number of Name Server RFID tag allocations. ns_gidft_sent The number of Name Server Get all Port ID requests sent. ns_gidft_accepts The number of times the system rejected Name Server Get all Port ID requests. ns_gidft_rsp_err The number of delayed Name Server Get all Port ID allocations. ns_gidft_rejects The number of times a Name Server Get all Port ID request for a given FC4 type is rejected. ns_gidft_unknown_rsp The number of unknown responses associated with a Name Server Get all Port ID request for a given FC4 type. ns_gidft_alloc_wait The number of delayed Name Server Get all Port ID requests for a given FC4 type allocation. MS command retries The number of MS command retries. MS command timeouts The number of times an MS command timed out. ms_plogi_sent The number of port login requests sent. ms_plogi_rsp_err The number of response errors associated with an MS port login. ms_plogi_acc_err The number of accept errors associated with an MS port login. ms_plogi_accepts The number of MS port login accepts. MS command rejects The number of MS command rejects. ms_plogi_unknown_rsp The number of MS port login unknown responses. ms_plogi_alloc_wait The number of delayed MS plogin allocations. Num of RSCN received The number of Registered State Change Notifications received. Num portid format RSCN The number of Registered State Change Notifications received by Port ID. Unsolicited recv frames The number of received frames that were unsolicited. Dropped received frames The number of received frames that were dropped. Received plogi The number of times port logins are received. Received adisc The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests are received. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A 151 A 152 Logical Port Statistics dialog box Field Description Received prlo The number of times PRLOs are received. Received prli The number of times PRLIs are received. Received logo The number of times logouts are received. Received rpsc The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests received. Received unhandled ELS The number of unhandled ELS requests. Rport plogi retry timeout count The total number of timeouts that occurred during port login attempts on the remote port. Deleted rport (max retry of plogi) The number of remote ports deleted after the maximum number of port login retries. Total IO Requests The total number of I/O requests. Data in-bound requests The number of data requests for in-bound data only. Data out-bound requests The number of data requests for out-bound data only. Total IO completions The total number of input/output (I/O) operations that completed. Data transferred in bytes The transferred data, measured in bytes. Slowpath IO completions The number of input/output operations (I/Os) completed in slow path handling. IO underrun The number of underrun input/output (I/O) operations operations. IO overrun The number of overrun input/output (I/O) operations operations. IO Request-Q wait The number of Q wait input/output (I/O) operations requests. IO Request-Q wait done The number of completed Q wait input/output (I/O) operations requests. No free IO tag The number of no free input/output (I/O) operations tags. IO timeouts The number of times an input/output (I/O) operation timed out. IO failure due to target offline The number of input/output (I/O) operation failures due to an offline target. IO protocol errors The number of input/output (I/O) operation protocol errors. IO SBC-3 protection errors The number of input/output (I/O) operation errors for SBC-3 (SCSI Block Command 3). fcp-2 error recovery failed The number of times an FCP-2 error recovery attempt failed. Delayed freeing of IO tag The number of input/output (I/O) operation tags with delayed freeing. Host IO abort requests The number of host input/output (I/O) operation aborts requested. Host IO abort comps The number of completed host input/output (I/O) operation aborts. IO clean-up requests The number of input/output (I/O) operation clean up requests. IO path TOV expired The number of input/output (I/O) operations where the timeout value has expired. IO abort completions The number of completed input/output (I/O) operation aborts. IO cleaned up due to IOC down The number of input/output (I/O) operations that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller is offline. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Logical Port Statistics dialog box Field Description IO comp with unknown tags The number of completed input/output (I/O) operations with unknown tags. Abort request due to TM command The number of target mode abort requests. Abort completion due to TM command The number of completed aborts because of a target mode command. IT Nexus create requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) create requests. IT Nexus FW create requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requested firmware create requests. IT Nexus FW create completions The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requested firmware create completions. IT Nexus onlines The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests that are online. IT Nexus offlines The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests that are offline. IT Nexus delete requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requested deletes. IT Nexus FW delete requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requested firmware deletes. IT Nexus FW delete completions The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) completed firmware deletes. SLER requests The number of second-level error recovery (SLER) event requests. Num IOC disables The number of disabled I/O controllers. IT Nexus cleanup completions The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) completed cleanups. TM Requests The number of task management requests. TM Completions The number of task management completions. TM initiated IO cleanup success The number of successful task management initiated input/output (I/O) cleanups. TM initiated IO cleanup faulures The number of failed task management initiated input/output (I/O) cleanups. No free TM tag The number of free task management tags. TM Request-Q wait The number of Q wait task management requests. TM Request-Q wait done The number of completed Q wait task management requests. TM cleaned-up due to IOC down The number of task management cleanups due to an offline I/O controller. TM cleanup requests The number of requested task management cleanups. TM cleanup completions The number of completed task management cleanups. LM lun is across sg data buf Indicates whether the LM LUN is across the SG data buffer. LM lun not supported Indicates whether the LM LUN is supported. LM report-lun data changed Indicates whether the LM report LUN data changed. LM residue in report-lun response changed Indicates whether the LM residue in the report LUN response changed. LM buf is smaller than lun cnt reported by tgt Indicates whether the LM buffer is smaller than the LUN count, as reported by the target. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A 153 A Logical Port Statistics dialog box Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” 154 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 LPORT Properties panel A LPORT Properties panel The LPORT Properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a logical port. Opening the panel 1. From the device tree, select a physical port. 2. Click the LPORTs Properties tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description Base Port Indicates whether the logical port is used as the base port. FC Address The Fibre Channel address of the logical port. Node WWN The adapter’s world wide name. Port WWN The logical port’s world wide name. Roles The role of the logical port; for example, FCP Initiator. State Indicates whether the logical port is online or offline. Switch IP Addr The switch’s IP address. Symbolic Name The symbolic name associated with the logical port. Fabric Name The name of the Fabric to which the logical port is associated. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 155 A Lun Masking dialog box Lun Masking dialog box The LUN masking dialog box enables you to configure LUN masking on storage targets to establish access control to shared storage. NOTE The LUN Masking tab displays only if the storage driver is installed. Opening the dialog box 1. Select a host, adapter, or adapter port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 3. Click the LUN Masking tab. Fields and components 156 Field Description Port WWN/MAC The world wide name or media access control (MAC) address of the port. Enable LUN Masking check box Click to enable LUN masking. Clear all LUN Configurations Click to clear all existing LUN configurations from the LUN Configuration list. LUN Configuration list Displays the following configuration information: • Logical Port WWN • Remote Port WWN • Logical Unit Number Add button Click to launch the Add LUN Configuration dialog box. where you can specify the logical port WWN, the remote port, WWN, and the logical unit number (LUN). Delete button Click to clear the selected LUN from the LUN Configuration list. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Master Log tab A Master Log tab The Master Log tab enables you to display a list of all events that have occurred. Opening the tab Click the Master Log tab, located on the bottom pane of the Host Connectivity Manager. A master summary of events on all discovered devices is displayed. Fields and components Field Description Filter button Click to launch the Master Log Filter dialog box. Sr No column Displays a numbering sequence in ascending order. Severity column The event severity (informational, minor, major, or critical). WWN/MAC column The world wide name or the media access control (MAC) address of the device on which the event occurred. Category column The event categories are as follows: • ADAPTER - Events pertaining to the adapter. • CEE - Events pertaining to data center bridging. • ETHPORT - Events pertaining to the Ethernet port. • IOC - Events pertaining to the input/output (I/O) Controller. • IP over FC - Events pertaining to IP over Fibre Channel. • VLAN - Events pertaining to a virtual LAN. • PORT - Events pertaining to a physical port. • LPORT - Events pertaining to a specific logical port (one logical port always exists per physical port). • RPORT - Events pertaining to a specific remote port (could be an initiator or target). • ITNIM - Events pertaining to an Initiator Target Nexus. • RSVD - Reserved. • AUDIT - Audit events. Subcategory column The subcategory of the main event; for example, offline, online, disabled, or enabled. Description column Displays a brief description of the event. Date/Time column The date and time when the event occurred. Clear Filter button Click to clear the Master Log filter. Refresh button Click to refresh the screen. Using the tab Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using the Master Log: • “Master Log” • “Application Log” • “Filtering event log entries” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 157 A Master Log Filter dialog box Master Log Filter dialog box The Master Log Filter dialog box enables you to filter the events you receive by time, severity, category, or world wide name. Opening the dialog box 1. Select the Master Log tab, located at the bottom pane of the Host Connectivity Manager. 2. Click the Filter button. Fields and components Field Description Event Time Type a From and To value to represent the time during which events will be logged. Event Severity Select one or all of the following values: Critical, Major, Minor, Information. Category Select an event category, for example, Rport or ITNIM, from the list. WWN/MAC Select a world wide name (WWN) or media access control (MAC) address from the list. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Master Log” • “Application Log” • “Filtering event log entries” 158 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Persistent Binding dialog box A Persistent Binding dialog box The Persistent Binding dialog box enables target port world wide name binding to a persistent target ID for the OS stack. You can view the Persistent Binding dialog box at the host level, the adapter level, or the port level. Opening the dialog box 1. Select a device that supports persistent binding from the device tree. Devices that support persistent binding include the local host, the adapter, and the port. 2. Select Configure > Persistent Binding. Fields and components Field Description At the host or CNA level Serial Number The serial number of the CNA. Hardware Path The hardware path of the CNA. Port # The port number of the CNA. Port WWN The port’s world wide name. Name The port name; for example, Port 0 or Port 1. Persistent Type The type of binding; for example, Port WWN. Target Name The SCSI target name. Remote Port WWN The world wide name of the remote port. SCSI Target ID The SCSI target identifier. At the port level HBA or CNA Node The world wide node name of the HBA or CNA node. HBA or CEE port The world wide name of the HBA or CNA port. Persistent type The type of binding; for example, Port WWN. Target Name The SCSI target name. Remote Port WWN The world wide name of the remote port. SCSI Target ID The SCSI target identifier. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topic for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Basic port configuration” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 159 A Physical Port Properties panel Physical Port Properties panel The Port Properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected HBA port. NOTE QoS properties apply only to the HBA. Opening the panel 1. Select a port in the device tree. 2. Click the Properties tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description Port Parameters Port # The port number: 0 or 1. Port WWN The port’s world wide name. Node WWN The adapter’s world wide name. Physical Port Type The type of physical port; for example, HBA. Name The name that is manually assigned to the port. FC Address The physical port’s Fibre Channel address. Media Type of media software; for example, 8G-sw. Mode Specifies the port mode (HBA, CNA, or NIC). Fabric Parameters 160 Port Type The port type; for example, FCoE Port. Local Port MAC The local port’s media access control (MAC) address. Configured Port State Indicates whether the port is enabled or disabled. Operating Port State Indicates whether the link is online or offline. Supported Classes The types of classes that are supported on the port; for example, Class-3. Operating Speed The speed at which the port is operating. The unit of measurement is in gigabits per second (Gbps). The available speed options depend on the HBA’s speed and the port’s SFP. Auto-negotiate is the recommended setting and it is the default. For the 4 Gbps HBA (Brocade 425 and Brocade 415) and the mezzanine card (Brocade 804), speed options are 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps. The 8 Gbps HBA (Brocade 825 and Brocade 815) does not support the 1 Gbps speed. Max Speed Supported The maximum speed that is supported on the port, which is 8 Gbps. Operating Topology The topology setting (point to point, also referred to as P2P). Receive BB Credits The number of received buffer-to-buffer credits. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Physical Port Properties panel Field Description Transmit BB Credits The number of transmitted buffer-to-buffer credits. Hardware Path The hardware path of the HBA. Frame Data Field Size The frame size, in byres, of the port. The default is 2112. Select auto to set the frame data field size automatically. A Operating Parameters Beacon State Indicates whether beaconing is on or off. Link Beacon State Indicates whether link beaconing is on or off. Logging Level The port logging level. Values include Log Critical, Log Error, Log Warning, Log Info, and Log Invalid. Target Rate Limit Indicates whether target rate limiting is on or off. Default Rate Limit Select the target rate limit from the list. Options include 1 Gbps,  2 Gbps, and 4 Gbps. The default is 2 Gbps. FC-SP Parameters Authentication Indicates whether FC-SP authentication is on or off. Status The status of Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) authentication. Algorithm The configured authentication algorithm. Group The DH Group (DH Null, group 0, is the only option). Error Status The health status of the Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) parameters. QoS Parameters Configured QoS State Indicates whether QoS is enabled or disabled. Operating QoS State Indicates whether QoS is online or offline. Total BB Credit The total number of receive buffers. Priority Levels QoS priority levels. Values include High, Medium, and Low. Using the panel Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this panel: • • • • • “Configuring the port speed using HCM” “Specifying the maximum frame size using HCM” “Specifying path timeout using HCM” “Configuring the port logging level using HCM” “Enabling and disabling rate limiting on the adapter side using HCM” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 161 A Port POM Properties panel Port POM Properties panel The Port POM Properties panel enables you to monitor the SFP attributes. A notification is given for any parameters that are not within the configured power, temperature, voltage, and current specification policy. NOTE Only Brocade-branded SFP and SFP+ transceivers are supported with the 8 Gbps FC HBAs and 10 Gbps CNAs. Opening the panel 1. Select a port in the device tree. 2. Click the POM tab in the right pane. Fields and components 162 Field Description Alarm/Warning The state of the port POM. Bias Current (mA) The low-level DC current (the Bias Current), measured in mA. Rx Power (mW) The received power, measured in mW. Temperature (C) The port temperature, measured in Celsius. Tx Power (mW) The transmitted power, measured in mW. Voltage The voltage; for example, 1.8V, 3.3V, or 5.0V. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Port Statistics dialog box (HBA only) A Port Statistics dialog box (HBA only) The Port Statistics dialog box enables you to monitor the performance of the adapter and the traffic between the adapter and the LUNs. You can use the information to isolate and troubleshoot areas that affect application performance. Opening the dialog box Select Monitor > Statistics > Port Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the port statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date and time of the most recent reset. Port WWN The world wide name of the port about which statistics are displayed. Seconds since last reset Indicates the number of seconds between statistics reset. Tx frames The number of total transmitted Fibre Channel frames across all protocols and classes. Tx words The number of total transmitted Fibre Channel words across all protocols and classes. Tx LIP The number of loop initialization protocol (LIP) transmit events. Tx NOS The number of not operational (link has failed) transmit events. Tx OLS The number of transmitted Offline Sequence (OLS) events. Tx LR The number of link reset (LR) transmit events. Tx LRR The number of transmitted Link Reset Response (LRR) events. Rx frames The number of total received Fibre Channel frames across all protocols and classes. Rx words The number of total received Fibre Channel words across all protocols and classes. Rx LIP The number of loop initialization protocol (LIP) receive events. Rx NOS The number of not operational (link has failed) receive events. Rx OLS The number of received Offline Sequence (OLS) events. Rx LR The number of link reset (LR) receive events. Rx LRR The number of received Link Reset Response (LRR) events. Rx CRC err frames The number of frames that have been received in error. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 163 A Port Statistics dialog box (HBA only) Field Description Rx CRC err good EOF frames The number of received frames without end of frame (EOF) errors. Rx undersized frames The number of undersized received frames. Rx oversized frames The number of oversized received frames. Rx frames with bad EOF The number of received frames with end of frame (EOF) errors. Errored frames The number of frames received in error. Dropped frames The number of frames that were lost due to a lack of host buffers available. Link Failure (LF) Count The number of times a link error has occurred. Loss Of sync count The number of times loss of sync has occurred. Loss Of signal count The number of times loss of signal has occurred. Primitive sequence protocol err. The number of primitive sequence protocol errors. Invalid ordered sets The number of ordered sets that are invalid. Encoding err non frame_8b10b The encoding non-frame error. Encoding err frame_8b10b The number of 8b/10b encoding errors recorded. Credit Recovery Frames Lost The number of credit recovery frames lost. Credit Recovery R_RDYs Lost The number of credit recovery ready frames lost. Credit Recovery Link Resets The number of link resets initiated as a result of Credit Recovery. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” 164 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Protocol Tests dialog box A Protocol Tests dialog box The Protocol Tests dialog box enables you to run diagnostic tests on Fibre Channel components. Opening the dialog box 1. Select Configure > Diagnostics from the Host Connectivity Manager. 2. Click the FC Protocol Tests tab. Fields and components Field Description Echo Test check box Check to run an Echo Test on the selected port. FC Ping Test check box Check to run an FC Ping Test on the selected port. FC Trace Route check box Check to run an FC Traceroute on the selected port. Add button Click to add a selected port, logical port, or target to the test list. Remove button Click to remove a selected port, logical port, or target from the test list. Remove All button Click to remove all ports, logical ports, and targets from the test list. Test Cycle Specify the number of times the test runs. The default value is 100. Test Log list Displays the time the test was run, type of test run, status of the test, configuration, and the results. Port list Select a port on which the test will be run from the list. Target list Select a target on which the test will be run from the list. Logical Port list Select a logical port on which the test will be run from the list. Stop on Error check box Check to flag the system to stop running the test if an error occurs. Start button Click to run the selected test. Stop button Click to stop all pending tests. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Configuring beaconing using HCM” • “supportSave collection sources” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 165 A QoS Statistics dialog box QoS Statistics dialog box The QoS Statistics dialog box enables you to view statistics related to Quality of Service (QoS). Opening the dialog box Select Monitor > Statistics > QoS Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components Field Description Date The date and time of the most recent reset. QoS ELP Accepted The number of Exchange Link Parameters (ELPs) accepts sent. QoS ELP dropped The number of ELPs dropped. QoS ELP received The number of ELPs successfully received. QoS ELP rejected The number of ELPs rejected. QoS Flogi Acc received The number of QoS Fabric login (FLOGI) accept requests received. QoS Flogi rejects received The number of QoS Fabric login (FLOGI) rejects received. QoS Flogi retries The number of QoS Fabric login (FLOGI) retries. QoS Flogi sent The number of QoS Fabric login (FLOGI) requests sent. QoS RSCN received The number of Registered State Change Notifications (RSCNs) received. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” 166 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Real-time Performance Statistics dialog box A Real-time Performance Statistics dialog box The Realtime Statistics dialog box enables you to display the properties that are associated with the selected DCB port. Opening the dialog box 1. Select a DCB port in the device tree. 2. Select Performance > Realtime Statistics > Historical Statistics. Fields and components Field Description Statistics Name list The type of real-time performance statistics. Options include: • Port statistics on both the HBA and the CNA • Virtual Port statistics on the virtual port • Ethernet Port statistics on the Ethernet node • FCP IM statistics on the remote port Polling Interval list Select the polling interval. Options include 10 seconds, 20 seconds, or 30 seconds Apply button Click to save your configuration settings. Statistics Counters • • • • • • • Tx bytes (Mbps)—The number of transmitted bytes. Rx bytes (Mbps)—The number of received bytes. Tx drops—The number of dropped transmitted frames. Rx drops—The number of dropped received frames. Tx FCS errors—The number of frame check sequence (FCS) errors transmitted, which indicate that frames of data are corrupted. Rx FCS errors—The number of frame check sequence (FCS) errors received, which indicate that frames of data are corrupted. Rx packets—The number of received packets. Port Statistics - Utilization (Mbps) graph Displays the port’s utilization statistics, measured in Mbps. Port Statistics - Errors/sec graph Displays the port’s errors, measured in errors per second. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 167 A Remote Port Properties panel Remote Port Properties panel The Remote Port Properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with the remote port. Opening the panel 1. From the device tree, select a remote port (target or initiator). 2. Click the Remote Port Properties tab in the right pane. NOTE If it is a target port, there are two tabs in the right pane: Properties and LUNs. Fields and components Field Description Fibre Channel Parameters Port WWN The world wide name of the device’s port. Node WWN The world wide name of the device. Symbolic Name The symbolic name associated with the remote port. Name The name associated with the device. FC Address The remote port’s Fibre Channel address. Frame Data Field Size The frame size, in bytes, of the port. The default is 2112. Select auto to set the frame data field size automatically. Status The remote port status: online or offline. Supported Classes The types of classes that are supported on the remote port; for example, Class-3. Remote Device Information Role The role of the remote device: target or initiator. Target Rate Limiting Enforced Indicates whether target rate limiting is enabled or disabled. Port Operating Speed The remote port’s operating speed. Options for the 8 Gbps HBA (Brocade 825 and Brocade 815) are 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps ( 1 Gbps not supported). Port speed options for the 4 Gbps HBA (Brocade 425 and Brocade 415) and the mezzanine card (Brocade 804) are 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps. For the 10 Gbps CNA, the only speed option is auto-negotiate. QoS Priority QoS priority levels. Values include High, Medium, and Low. QoS Flow ID The QoS flow identifier. Vendor Information 168 Vendor The product’s vendor. Product ID The product identifier. Product Revision The product’s revision level. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Remote Port Properties panel Field Description Device Type The device type (remote port). A FCP-IM IO Latency Information (if Profile is on) IO Size The actual I/O throughput latency size. IO Latency Min The minimum I/O throughput latency size. IO Latency Max The maximum I/O throughput latency size. IO Latency Average The average I/O throughput latency size. Binding Information Bind Type The mode used to persistently bind target mappings. Bus # The unique identifying number for each PCI bus, assigned during system initialization. Target ID The identifier of the target device. FCP-IM Information (if Profile is off) FCP-IM State Indicates whether FCP-IM is online or offline. Data Retransmission Indicates whether data retransmission is supported. REC Indicates whether the Read Exchange Concise (REC) feature is supported. Task Retry Identification Indicates whether task retry identification is supported. Confirmed Completions Indicates whether confirmed completions is supported. IO Profile Support Indicates whether I/O profile support is turned on or off. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 169 A Restore dialog box Restore dialog box You can use the Restore Data dialog box to restore data that has been previously backed up. The Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) stores the location and version details of the most recently-taken backed-up data and automatically points to the location of the data. NOTE Use HCM version 2.1 or later to restore backed-up data. HCM version 2.0 and earlier versions do not support the Restore Data feature. Opening the dialog box 1. Select the host, an adapter, or a port from the device tree. 2. Select Tool > Restore Data from the main menu. The Restore Data dialog box displays. Fields and components 170 Field Description Restore from previous backup data button Click to enable the Browse button, which enables you to locate the last backed-up file. Browse button Click to navigate to where the last backed-up file resides. Restore default data button If you click this button, the default configuration is restored. Start Restore button Click to restore the backed-up data that you selected. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 SFP Properties panel A SFP Properties panel The SFP Properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceiver. Opening the panel 1. Select a port in the device tree. 2. Click the SFP or SFP+ tab in the right pane. NOTE Only Brocade-branded SFP transceivers are supported with the 8 Gbps FC HBAs and SFP+ transceivers with the 10 Gbps CNAs. Fields and components Field Description Port Technology SFP Supported The name of the supported SFP. Connector Type The type of port connector; for example, LC. SC, or Cu (copper cable). Transceiver The type of transceiver; for example, XFP or GBIC. Media The type of media for the transceiver; for example, single mode. Speed The port speed. Options for the 8 Gbps HBA (Brocade 825 and Brocade 815) are 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps (1 Gbps not supported). Port speed options for the 4 Gbps HBA (Brocade 425 and Brocade 415) and the mezzanine card (Brocade 804) are 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps. For the 10 Gbps CNA, the only speed option is auto-negotiate. Extended Information Identifier The identifier for the extended link. Encoding Displays how the extended link is encoded; for example, 8B10B. Baud Rate The transmission rate, roughly equivalent to the number of bits per second. Length 9u The length of the single-mode fiber-optic cable, used in situations where gigabit performance is not required (for distances greater than 1 km). Length 9u The length of the single-mode fiber-optic cable, used in situations where gigabit performance is not required (for distances greater than 100 meters). Length 50u The length of the fiber-optic cable (for distances greater than 10 meters). Length 62.5u The length of the fiber-optic cable (for distances greater than 10 meters). Length Cu The length of the copper cable (for distances greater than 1 meter, where optimum performance is required). Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 171 A 172 SFP Properties panel Field Description Vendor Name The vendor of the extended link. Vendor OUI The vendor’s organizational unique identifier (OUI). Vendor Part The part number of the extended link. Revision The revision level of the extended link. Wavelength The wavelength translation, which enables longer reach through lower attenuation. Options Displays details about the transceiver; for example, the type of port connector, type of transceiver, and enable/disable status. BR Max The upper bit rate limit at which the SFP transceiver meets its specifications. BR Min The lower bit rate limit at which the SFP transceiver meets its specifications. Serial # The serial number of the SFP. Date Code The date the SFP was manufactured. Refresh button Click to refresh the screen. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Syslog Server Configuration dialog box A Syslog Server Configuration dialog box The Syslog Server Configuration dialog box enables you to configure the Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) to send syslog messages to other computers through port 514. You can configure the HCM agent to forward events to a maximum of three syslog destinations. Opening the dialog box 1. Select the host from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Syslog from the main menu. Fields and components Field Description Host name / IP Address Enter the host name or IP address of the destination device. Set this IP in all discovered agents in future check box Click to set the device as a syslog destination in all future discovered agents. Add button Click to register the host as a syslog destination. Remove button Click to remove the host as a syslog destination. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • “Syslog support” “Registering a host server” “Removing a host server” “Syslog host configuration using VMware” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 173 A Target Statistics dialog box Target Statistics dialog box The Target Statistics dialog box enables you to display statistical information for a selected remote port (R_Port) or FCoE port. Opening the dialog box Select Monitor > Statistics > Remote port statistics > Target Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click a remote port and select Target Statistics. Fields and components 174 Field Description Date The date and time of the most recent reset. remote port offline count The remote ports that are offline. remote port online count The remote ports that are online. RSCN affecting rport The number of Fibre Channel Registered State Change Notifications (RSCNs) received. plogis sent The number of times port logins (when two node ports in the SAN establish a connection between each other) occur. plogi accepts The number of times port logins are accepted. plogi timeouts The number of times port logins timeout. rcvd plogi rejects The number of times port logins are rejected. local failure The number of times port logins fail. plogis rcvd The number of times port logins are received. inbound PRLIs The number of inbound PRLIs. ADISC received The number of received discover address (ADISC) requests. recvd ADISC rejects The number of received discover address (ADISC) requests that were rejected. ADISC requests sent The number of sent discover address (ADISC) requests. ADISC accepted by rport The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests are accepted. ADISC failed no response The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests fail. ADISC rejected by us The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests are rejected. logos sent The number of times logouts occur. LOGO accepts from rport The number of times logouts are accepted. LOGO failures The number of times logouts fail. LOGO rejects from rport The number of times logouts are rejected. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Target Statistics dialog box Field Description LOGO from remote port The number of times logouts are received from the remote port. RPSC received The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests received. recvd RPSC rejects The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests rejected. RPSC requests sent The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests sent. RPSC accepted by rport The number of accepted Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests. RPSC failed no response The number of failed Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests. RPSC rejected by us The number of rejected Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests. LS RJT with insuff resources The number of rejected transmitted LS requests due to insufficient resources. uninit: create events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) uninit create events. uninit: exception events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) uninit exception events. created: online events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL)-created online events. created: delete events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL)-created delete events. created: IOC down The number of times hardware abstraction layer (HAL)-created I/O controllers were down. created: exception events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL)-created exception events. fw create: f/w responses The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware-created responses. fw create: delete events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware-created delete events. fw create: offline events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware created offline events. fw create: IOC down The number of times hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmwarecreated I/O controllers were down. fw create: exception events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware-created exception events. online: offline events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) online and offline events. online: delete events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) online delete events. online: IOC down events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) online IOC down events. online: exception events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) online exception events. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A 175 A 176 Target Statistics dialog box Field Description fw delete: fw responses The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware Delete f/w responses. fw delete: delete events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware Delete Delete events. fw delete: IOC down events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware Delete IOC down events. fw delete: exception events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware Delete Exception events. offline: delete events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) Offline Delete events. offline: online events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) Offline Online events. offline: IOC down events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) offline IOC down events. offline: exception events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) offline exception events. delete: fw events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete f/w events. delete: IOC down events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) Delete IOC down events. delete: exception events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete exception events. delete pend: fw responses The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete pend f/w responses. delete pend: IOC downs The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete pending IOC downs. delete pend: exceptions The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete pending exceptions. off-pending: fw responses The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) off-pending f/w responses. off-pending: deletes The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) off-pending deletes. off-pending: IOC downs The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) off-pending IOC downs. off-pending: exceptions The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) off-pending exceptions. IOC down: offline events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) IOC down offline events. IOC down: delete events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) IOC down delete events. IOC down: online events The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) IOC down online events. IOC down: exceptions The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) IOC down exception events. Link Failure Count The number of link failures. Loss of Synchronization Count The number of loss of synchronization errors. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Target Statistics dialog box Field Description Loss of Signal Count The number of signal lost errors. Primitive Sequence Protocol Error Count The number of primitive sequence protocol errors. Invalid Transmission Word Count The number of invalid words transmitted. Invalid CRC Count The number of invalid cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors. A Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 177 A Teaming Configuration dialog box (CNA only) Teaming Configuration dialog box (CNA only) The Teaming Configuration dialog box enables you to bundle several physical ports together to form a single, higher-bandwidth logical link. Teaming is also known as link aggregation. Aggregated links provide redundancy and fault tolerance. Opening the dialog box From the host level: 1. Select the local host from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Teaming from the main menu. OR Right-click the local host and select Teaming from the list. The Teaming Configuration dialog box at the host level displays. Fields and components 178 Field Description Teams list Lists existing teams. Team Name Lists the current team that was selected from the Teams list. Team Mode list Lists the team mode. Values are 802.3ad, failover, and failback. Note that link aggregation groups only work if all the ports are part of the same switch but failover and failback can work if the ports are on multiple switches. MAC Address The team’s media access control (MAC) address. Active Link The active Ethernet link between the host and the switch. Transmit Policy list The transmit policy for sending out packets. The values are: • l2 (source MAC XOR destination MAC) % (team member count). l2 is the default. • l3-l4 (source port XOR dest port, source IP XOR dest IP, and 0xffff) % (team member count). Members list Lists all the ports that are available for selection. Selected Ports list Lists the ports that were selected to be members of the team. Set Primary button Sets the primary interface for the team. Add button There are two Add buttons on the Teaming dialog box: • Click the Add button beneath the Team Name field to add a team. • Click the Add button next to the VLANs list to launch the VLAN Configuration dialog box. Delete button Click the Delete button beneath the Team Name field to delete a team. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Teaming Configuration dialog box (CNA only) Field Statistics button A Description There are two Statistics buttons on the Teaming dialog box: Click the Statistics button beneath the Team Name field to launch the Teaming Statistics dialog box. • Click the Statistics button next to the VLANs table to launch the VLAN Statistics dialog box. • VLANs list The list of VLANs that are available to add, edit, remove, or display statistics. Add button Click to launch the Add VLAN dialog box, where you can configure a new VLAN to be added to the VLANs list. Edit button Select an existing VLAN from the VLANs list and click to edit the VLAN. Remove button Select an existing VLAN from the VLANs list and click to edit the VLAN. Statistics button Select an existing VLAN from the VLANs list and click to display the VLAN statistics. Apply button Click to apply your configuration changes. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “VLAN configuration” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 179 A Teaming Statistics dialog box (CNA only) Teaming Statistics dialog box (CNA only) The Teaming Statistics dialog box enables you to display statistics related to aggregated links (teams). Opening the dialog box 1. Select the local host icon from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Teaming from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click the local host icon and select Teaming. The Teaming dialog box displays. 3. Click the Statistics button beneath the Teams field. Fields and components Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the Teaming statistics. Date The date the Teaming statistics were run. Team ID The Team ID associated with the team members. Tx Packets The number of transmitted packets. Rx Packets The number of received packets. Tx Error Packets The number of transmitted error packets. Rx Error Packets The number of received error packets. Duration The length of time between byte transmission and reception. Status The connection status. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • • 180 “Teaming configuration” “Displaying teaming statistics” “Teaming modes” “Configuring a team from the host level” “Adding and editing a team” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Test Log Details dialog box A Test Log Details dialog box The Test Log Details dialog box enables you to view details about a selected port or protocol test. Opening the dialog box 1. Select Configure > Diagnostics from the Host Connectivity Manager. 2. Run any diagnostic test. 3. Select and double-click a row of the test results in the bottom pane. Fields and components Field Description Time The date and time the test was run. Test The name of the test. Status The status of the test; for example, executing or pending. Configuration The name of the test component and its corresponding value; for example: • Adapter world wide name • Data pattern • Frame count • Port world wide name Result The test result; for example, test started or test complete. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Running a hardware-level test using HCM” • “Running a Fibre Channel protocol-level test using HCM” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 181 A vHBA properties panel vHBA properties panel The vHBA properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected FC port. Opening the panel Select an FC port in the device tree and click the vHBA tab in the right pane. Fields and components 182 Field Description State The state of the FCoE port (for example, operational). Port WWN The FCoE port’s world wide name. Node WWN The node’s world wide name. Path TOV Specifies the path timeout value, in seconds. Port Log Indicates whether displaying the log of FC frames and other main control messages is enabled or disabled. IO Profile Indicates whether the I/O Profile feature is on or off. The I/O profile gathers the I/O latency information based on size (average, minimum, and maximum). Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) A vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) The vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box enables you to display statistical information related to the virtual host bus adapter (vHBA). Opening the dialog box 1. Select an FC or FCoE port from the device tree. 2. Select Monitor > Statistics > vHBA Statistics from the main menu. OR Right-click the FCoE port and select Statistics > vHBA Statistics from the list. The vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box displays. Fields and components Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds text box Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the vHBA statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date the vHBA statistics were run. Mailbox Interrupts The number of mailbox interrupts that occurred on the vHBA. Enable Events The number of enable events on the vHBA. Disable Events The number of disable events on the vHBA. Heartbeat Failures The number of heartbeat failures on the vHBA. Firmware Boots The number of firmware boots on the vHBA. Stats Timeouts The number of times the vHBA statistics timed out. Heartbeat Count The number of heartbeats on the vHBA. Disable Requests The number of vHBA disable requests. Enable Requests The number of vHBA enable requests. Disable Replies The number of vHBA disable replies. Enable Replies The number of vHBA enable replies. Total IO The total number of input/output (I/O) operations. Data in-bound requests The number of data requests for in-bound data. Data out-bound requests The number of data requests for out-bound data. Total IO completions The number of completed input/output (I/O) operations. Write data transfered in bytes The write data that was transferred, measured in bytes. Read data transfered in bytes The read data that was transferred, measured in bytes. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 183 A 184 vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) Field Description Slowpath IO completions The number of slow path I/O requests that are completed. IO underrun The number of successful I/O underrun operations. IO overrun The number of successful I/O overrun operations. IO Request—Qwait The number of I/O requests in the wait queue. IO Request—Qwait done The number of I/O requests in the wait queue that completed. No free IO tag The number of I/O tags that are not free. IO failure due to target offline The number of I/O failures caused by an offline target. IO protocol errors The number of I/O protocol errors. IO SBC-3 protection errors The number of SCSI block data protection errors for SBC-3 (SCSI Block Command 3). fcp-2 error recovery failed The number of times an FCP-2 error recovery attempt failed. Delayed freeing of IO The number of I/O tags with delayed freeing. Host IO abort The number of aborted host input/output (I/O) operations. IO clean-up requests The number of I/O clean-up requests. IO path tov expired The number of I/Os where the timeout value has expired. IO abort completions The number of I/O aborts that completed. IO comp with unknown The number of I/O completions with unknown tags. Abort request due to TM command The number of aborted target mode command requests. Abort completion due to TM command The number of target mode commands that were aborted. IT Nexus create requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) create requests. IT Nexus FW create requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create requests. IT Nexus FW create completions The number of completed Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create requests. IT Nexus onlines The number of online Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. IT Nexus offlines The number of offline Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. IT Nexus fw delete requests The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware delete requests. IT Nexus FW delete completions The number of completed Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) delete requests. IT Nexus delete requests The total number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) delete requests. SLER events The number of second-level error recovery (SLER) events. Num IOC disables The number of disabled I/O controllers. IT Nexus cleanup completions The number of completed Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) cleanups. TM requests The number of target mode (TM) requests. TM completions The number of target mode (TM) completions. TM initiated IO cleanup success The number of target mode (TM)-initiated I/O cleanup requests that succeeded. TM initiated IO cleanup failure The number of target mode (TM)-initiated I/O cleanup requests that failed. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) A Field Description No free TM tag The number of free target mode (TM) tags. TM request Q-wait The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests. TM request Q-wait done The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests that completed. TM-iocdowns The number of target mode requests that caused the I/O Controller to go down. TM cleanup requests The number of target mode (TM) cleanup requests. TM cleanup completions The number of completed target mode (TM) requests. Total data transferred in bytes The total amount of transferred data, measured in bytes. Aborted IO requests The number of aborted I/O requests. IO timeouts The number of times an I/O operation timed out. IO retry for SQ error recovery The number of I/O retries for sequence level error recovery. Delayed freeing of IO resources The number of times I/O resource freeing was delayed. IO timeouts The number of times an I/O operation timed out. Host IO abort requests The number of aborted I/O requests. Total IO count The total number of input/output (I/O) operations. Host IO abort requests The number of aborted I/O requests on the host. IO cleaned up due to IOC down The number of I/O requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. TM cleaned up due to IOC down The number of target mode requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 185 A Virtual Port Creation dialog box Virtual Port Creation dialog box The Virtual Port Creation dialog box enables you to create a new virtual port from a physical port or FCoE port. Opening the dialog box 1. Select a physical port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Virtual Port > Create from the main menu. OR Right-click the physical port and select Virtual Port > Create from the list. Fields and components Field Description Physical Port WWN Displays the world wide name for the physical port. Virtual Port WWN Enter a unique world wide name for the virtual port. The default node WWN is the physical port node WWN. You must manually change it to a unique WWN for the virtual port. Use auto-generated check box Click to auto-generate the virtual port world wide name. By default, auto-generate is selected. Generate Again button Click to regenerate the virtual port WWN and the virtual node WWN. Virtual Node WWN Enter a unique world wide name for the virtual node. The default node WWN is the physical port node WWN. You must manually change it to a unique WWN for the virtual port. Symbolic Name Enter the symbolic name associated with the virtual port. Name Enter the name for the virtual port. Description Enter a description for the virtual port. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Creating a virtual port” • “Deleting a virtual port” • “Virtual port configuration” 186 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Virtual Port Deletion dialog box A Virtual Port Deletion dialog box The Virtual Port Deletion dialog box enables you to delete an existing virtual port or FCoE port. Opening the dialog box 1. Select a virtual port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Virtual Port > Delete from the main menu. OR Right-click the virtual port and select Virtual Port > Delete from the list. A warning message displays, asking for confirmation. 3. Click OK to continue. NOTE You cannot delete the base port. Fields and components Field Description Deletion check box Check to select the virtual port to be deleted. WWN The virtual port’s world wide name. Node WWN The virtual node’s world wide name. Symbolic Name The symbolic name that is associated with the virtual port. Delete Selected button Click to delete the selected virtual port. Apply button Click to apply the changes to the virtual port. Cancel button Click to abort the operation. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Creating a virtual port” • “Deleting a virtual port” • “Virtual port configuration” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 187 A Virtual Port Properties panel Virtual Port Properties panel The Virtual Port Properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a virtual port or FCoE port. Opening the panel Select a virtual port from the device tree and click the Properties tab. Fields and components Field Description Base Port Indicates whether the virtual port is used as the base port. Fabric Name The name of the Fabric associated with the base port. FPMA MAC Address The Fabric-Provided Ethernet MAC address created using the FC_ID assigned by the Fabric. FC Address The Fibre Channel address of the virtual port. Node WWN The adapter’s world wide name. Port WWN The port’s world wide name. Preboot Created Indicates whether preboot was created on the virtual port (True or False). Roles The role of the virtual port; for example, FCP Initiator. State Indicates whether the virtual port is online or offline. Symbolic name The switch’s symbolic name. Switch IP address The switch’s IP address. Using the panel Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this panel: • “Creating a virtual port” • “Deleting a virtual port” • “Virtual port configuration” 188 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Virtual Port Statistics dialog box A Virtual Port Statistics dialog box The Virtual Port Statistics dialog box enables you to view statistical information related to a selected virtual port or FCoE port. Opening the dialog box 1. Select a virtual port from the device tree. 2. Select Monitor > Statistics > Virtual Port Statistics from the Host Connectivity Manager. Fields and components Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the vport statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date and time of the most recent reset. ns_plogi_sent The number of Name Server port logins sent. ns_plogi_rsp_err The number of Name Server response errors. ns_plogi_acc_err The number of Name Server port login accept errors. ns_plogi_accepts The number of times Name Server port logins are accepted. NS command rejects The number of Name Server port login rejects. ns_plogi_unknown_rsp The number of unknown Name Server port login response errors. ns_plogi_alloc_wait The number of delayed Name Server port login response errors. NS command retries The number of Name Server command retries. NS command timeouts The number of Name Server command timeouts. ns_rspnid_sent The number of times the Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier was sent. ns_rspnid_accepts The number of times the Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier was accepted. ns_rspnid_rsp_err The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier response errors. ns_rspnid_rejects The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier rejects. ns_rspnid_alloc_wait The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier allocations. ns_rftid_sent The number of Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests sent. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 189 A 190 Virtual Port Statistics dialog box Field Description ns_rftid_accepts The number of times the system accepted Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests. ns_rftid_rsp_err The number of Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier response errors. ns_rftid_rejects The number of times the system rejected Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests. ns_rftid_alloc_wait The number of delayed Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier allocations. ns_rffid_sent The number of Name Server RFID tag requests sent. ns_rffid_accepts The number of times the system accepted Name Server RFID tag requests. ns_rffid_rsp_err The number of Name Server RFID tag response errors. ns_rffid_rejects The number of Name Server RFID tag rejects. ns_rffid_alloc_wait The number of Name Server RFID tag allocations. ns_gidft_sent The number of Name Server Get all Port ID requests sent. ns_gidft_accepts The number of times the system rejected Name Server Get all Port ID requests. ns_gidft_rsp_err The number of delayed Name Server Get all Port ID allocations. ns_gidft_rejects The number of times a Name Server Get all Port ID request for a given FC4 type is rejected. ns_gidft_unknown_rsp The number of unknown responses associated with a Name Server Get all Port ID request for a given FC4 type. ns_gidft_alloc_wait The number of delayed Name Server Get all Port ID requests for a given FC4 type allocation. MS command retries The number of MS command retries. MS command timeouts The number of times an MS command timed out. ms_plogi_sent The number of port login requests sent. ms_plogi_rsp_err The number of response errors associated with an MS port login. ms_plogi_acc_err The number of accept errors associated with an MS port login. ms_plogi_accepts The number of MS port login accepts. MS command rejects The number of MS command rejects. ms_plogi_unknown_rsp The number of MS port login unknown responses. ms_plogi_alloc_wait The number of delayed MS plogin allocations. Num of RSCN received The number of Registered State Change Notifications received. Num portid format RSCN The number of Registered State Change Notifications received by Port ID. Unsolicited recv frames The number of received frames that were unsolicited. Dropped received frames The number of received frames that were dropped. Received plogi The number of times port logins are received. Received prli The number of times PRLIs are received. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Virtual Port Statistics dialog box Field Description Received adisc The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests are received. Received prlo The number of times PRLOs are received. Received logo The number of times logouts are received. Received rpsc The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests received. Received unhandled ELS The number of unhandled ELS requests. Rport plogi retry timeout cnt The total number of timeouts that occurred during port login attempts on the remote port. Del rport max The number of remote ports deleted after the maximum number of port login retries. num fdisc sent The number of Fabric discoveries sent. fdisc accepts The number of times the system accepts Fabric discoveries. fdisc retries The number of times a Fabric discovery is attempted. fdisc timeouts The time that is required for a Fabric discovery. fdisc response error The number of Fabric discovery response errors. bad fdisc accepts The number of bad Fabric discovery accepts. fdisc rejects The number of times the system rejects Fabric discoveries. fdisc unknown rsp The number of unknown Fabric discovery occurrences. fdisc req wait The number of delayed Fabric discovery requests. logo req alloc wait The number of delayed Fabric logout requests. logo sent The number of times logouts occur. logo accepts The number of times logouts are accepted. logo rejects The number of times logouts are rejected. logo rsp errors The number of logout response errors. logo rsp unknown errors The number of unknown logout occurrences. fabric does not support npiv Indicates whether there is no NPIV support on the Fabric. offline events from fab SM The number of offline Fabrics. online events from fab SM The number of online Fabrics. cleanup request from fab SM The number of Fabric cleanup requests. A Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • “Controlling the polling frequency rate” • “Resetting statistics” • “Performance monitoring” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 191 A VLAN Configuration dialog box (CNA only) VLAN Configuration dialog box (CNA only) The VLAN Configuration dialog box enables you to create a logical work group consisting of up to 64 VLANs. You can also add, edit, or remove VLANs using the VLAN Configuration dialog box. Opening the dialog box 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > VLAN Configuration from the main menu. OR Right-click the host and select VLAN Configuration from the list. The VLAN Configuration dialog box displays. Fields and components Field Description VLAN ID Displays a list of configured VLAN identifiers. VLAN Name Displays a list of configured VLAN names. Add button Click to launch the Add VLAN dialog box, which enables you to add a VLAN. Edit button Click to launch the Edit VLAN dialog box, which enables you to edit the VLAN name. Remove button Click to remove a VLAN. A confirmation error message displays. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • • 192 “VLAN configuration” “Adding a VLAN” “VLAN configuration conflicts” “Editing a VLAN” “Removing a VLAN” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 VLAN Configuration - Add VLAN dialog box (CNA only) A VLAN Configuration - Add VLAN dialog box (CNA only) The Add VLAN dialog box allows you to create a VLAN. You can create a VLAN by selecting an Ethernet port. Opening the dialog box 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > VLAN Configuration from the main menu. OR Right-click the host and select VLAN Configuration from the list. Fields and components Field Description Port MAC The media access control address of the Ethernet port. VLAN ID The VLAN identifier. VLAN Name The VLAN name. Create Passthru check box Check to create a pass-through VLAN. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • • “VLAN configuration” “Adding a VLAN” “VLAN configuration conflicts” “Editing a VLAN” “Removing a VLAN” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 193 A VLAN Configuration - Edit VLAN dialog box (CNA only) VLAN Configuration - Edit VLAN dialog box (CNA only) The Edit VLAN dialog box allows you to edit an existing VLAN. Opening the dialog box 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > VLAN Configuration from the main menu. OR Right-click the host and select VLAN Configuration from the list. 3. Click Edit on the VLAN Configuration dialog box. Fields and components Field Description Port MAC The media access control address of the Ethernet port. VLAN ID The VLAN identifier. VLAN Name The VLAN name. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • • 194 “VLAN configuration” “Adding a VLAN” “VLAN configuration conflicts” “Editing a VLAN” “Removing a VLAN” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 VLAN Statistics dialog box (CNA only) A VLAN Statistics dialog box (CNA only) The VLAN Statistics dialog box enables you to display statistics related to a selected virtual LAN. NOTE If a Port VLAN exists in the VLAN configuration, you cannot perform any add, delete, or edit operations on any VLAN. In addition, you cannot view statistical information on any VLAN. Opening the dialog box VLAN statistics for a team can only be opened if the VLANs are added to a team from the Teaming Configuration dialog box. 1. From the Ethernet port level, select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Click Statistics on the Teaming Configuration dialog box. The VLAN Statistics dialog box displays. Fields and components Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the VLAN statistics. Date The date the VLAN statistics were run. VLAN ID The VLAN identifier. VLAN Name The VLAN name. Tx Packets The number of transmitted packets. Rx Packets The number of received packets. Tx Error Packets The number of transmitted error packets. Rx Error Packets The number of received error packets. Duration The length of time between byte transmission and reception. Status The connection status. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 195 A VLAN Statistics for Team dialog box (CNA only) VLAN Statistics for Team dialog box (CNA only) The VLAN Statistics for Team dialog box enables you to display statistics related to a selected VLAN that is a member of a team. Opening the dialog box VLAN statistics for a team can only be opened if the VLANs are added to a team from the Teaming Configuration dialog box. 1. From the Ethernet port level, select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Click Statistics on the Teaming Configuration dialog box. The VLAN Statistics for a Team dialog box displays. Fields and components Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the VLAN statistics. Date The date the VLAN statistics were run. VLAN ID The VLAN identifier. VLAN Name The VLAN name. Tx Packets The number of transmitted packets. Rx Packets The number of received packets. Tx Error Packets The number of transmitted error packets. Rx Error Packets The number of received error packets. Duration The length of time between byte transmission and reception. Status The connection status. Using the dialog box Refer to the following topics for specific procedures using this dialog box: • • • • • 196 “VLAN configuration” “Adding a VLAN” “VLAN configuration conflicts” “Editing a VLAN” “Removing a VLAN” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 vNIC properties panel A vNIC properties panel The vNIC properties panel enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected Ethernet port. Opening the panel Select an Ethernet port in the device tree and click the vNICs tab in the right pane. Fields and components Field Description Eth Dev The type of Ethernet device. Current MAC Address The current media access control address. Factory MAC The media access control address assigned at the factory. PCI Function # Specifies the PCI function number. Hardware Path The hardware path of the Ethernet port. State The status of the Ethernet port; for example, Linkup. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 197 A vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) The vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box enables you to display statistical information related to the virtual network interface card (vNIC). Opening the dialog box 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Select Monitor > Statistics > vNIC Statistics from the main menu. OR Right-click the Ethernet port and select Statistics > vNIC Statistics from the list. The vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box displays. Fields and components 198 Field Description Keep running data check box Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Polling frequency in seconds Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Start polling button Click to manually poll the vNIC statistics. Reset button Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Date The date the vNIC statistics were run. Mailbox Interrupts The number of mailbox interrupts that occurred on the vNIC. Enable Events The number of enable events on the vNIC. Disable Events The number of disable events on the vNIC. Heartbeat Failures The number of heartbeat failures on the vNIC. Firmware Boots The number of firmware boots on the vNIC. Stats Timeouts The number of times the vNIC statistics timed out. Heartbeat Count The number of heartbeats on the vNIC. Disable Requests The number of vNIC disable requests. Enable Requests The number of vNIC enable requests. Disable Replies The number of vNIC disable replies. Enable Replies The number of vNIC enable replies. Link toggle count The number of link toggles. CEE toggle count The number of DCB toggles. BPC Stats—Tx Pause The number of transmitted pauses on the ASIC’s back pressure controller (BPC). BPC Stats—Tx Zero Pause The number of transmitted zero pauses on the ASIC’s back pressure controller (BPC) . Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) Field Description BPC Stats—Tx First Pause The first transmitted pause on the ASIC’s back pressure controller (BPC). BPC Stats—Rx Pause The number of received pauses on the ASIC’s back pressure controller (BPC). BPC Stats—Rx Zero Pause The number of received zero pauses on the ASIC’s back pressure controller (BPC). BPC Stats—Rx First Pause The first received pause on the ASIC’s back pressure controller (BPC). RAD Stats—Rx frames The number of received admission (RAD) frames on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx octets The number of received admission (RAD) octets on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx vlan frames The number of received admission (RAD) VLAN frames received on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx ucast The number of received admission (RAD) unicast packets on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx ucast-octets The number of received admission (RAD) unicast octets on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx ucast vlan The number of received admission (RAD) unicast VLANs on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx mcast The number of received admission (RAD) multicast packets on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx mcast-octets The number of received admission (RAD) multicast octets on the ASIC. RAD Stats—mcast vlan The number of received admission (RAD) multicast VLANs on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx bcast The number of received admission (RAD) broadcast packets on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx bcast-octets The number of received admission (RAD) broadcast octets on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx bcast vlan The number of received admission (RAD) broadcast VLANs on the ASIC. RAD Stats—Rx drops The number of received admission (RAD) packet drops on the ASIC. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 A 199 A 200 vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Appendix B Brocade Command Line Utility In this appendix • About the BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • BCU commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • bios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • boot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • dcb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • debug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • diag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • drvconf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ethboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ethport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • fcdiag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • fcoe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • fcpim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • lport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • pbind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • pcifn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • phy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • qos (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ratelim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • rport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • vhba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • vnic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • vport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 202 202 208 212 215 217 219 221 224 227 229 230 232 233 235 237 245 246 250 251 252 254 261 262 263 265 269 271 274 279 201 B About the BCU About the BCU This appendix provides reference documentation for the Brocade Command Line Utility (BCU) supporting the Brocade Fibre Channel components. You must explictly open the command shortcut to the BCU in order to run the BCU commands. The command prompt shortcut to the desktop is the Brocade “B” logo icon, which is automatically installed when the software is installed. CAUTION On Windows operating systems, if you are upgrading the Brocade driver from an earlier version, it is strongly recommended that you use the BCU shortcut that is automatically placed on the desktop during installation. Opening the BCU using the Start > Run command can result in inconsistent information displayed in the BCU. On VMware ESX 5.0 systems BCU commands are integrated with the esxcli infrastructure; therefore, you must precede the BCU command with esxcli; for example: # esxcli brocade bcu --command=”port --perf all -c 1” The command must be in quotes, as shown in the example. BCU commands Table 19 lists the Brocade Command Line Utility (BCU) commands alphabetically that are available for configuring the devices in a SAN environment that use a Brocade adapter. TABLE 19 BCU command summary Command Operands Description bcu --help Lists all available subcommands. bcu --help Lists all details about the specific subcommand. Adapter commands bcu adapter --list

--name --query --enable --disable --mode {HBA|CNA|NIC} --show --policy --algo --secret --stats Authentication commands bcu auth 202 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 BCU commands TABLE 19 B BCU command summary (Continued) --statsclr --query --enable [-s speed] [-o auto|flash|firstlun] [-p pos]  [-b pwwn,lun] --disable --blunZone -c -p -r -l --update [adapter_id] [-a] [force] BIOS commands bcu bios Boot commands bcu boot Data Center Bridging (dcb) commands bcu dcb --query --stats --statsclr --portlog --portlogclear --portlogctl Debug commands bcu debug Diagnostic commands Note: The sfpshow and beacon diagnostic tests are not available on the Brocade 804 mezzanine card or the Brocade 1007 and Brocade 1741 expansion cards. bcu diag --sfpshow --tempshow --beacon [] --pciloopback -p [-c ] --loopback [-t ] [-s ] [-c ] [-p ] --ethloopback [-t ] [-c ]  [-p ] --memtest --queuetest [-q ] Driver configuration commands Note: Driver configuration commands are supported only on Windows operating systems. bcu drvconf --key --query [-d] --val --enable --disable Ethernet Boot commands bcu ethboot Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 203 B BCU commands TABLE 19 BCU command summary (Continued) --vlan --query Ethernet Port commands Note: All ethport commands are available on Windows systems only. bcu ethport --vlanadd [] --vlanremove --vlanedit --vlanlist --vlanquery --stats --statsclr --fcping [-l lpwwn] --fctraceroute [-l lpwwn] --fcecho [-l lpwwn] --linkbeacon --scsitest [-l lpwwn] --enable --disable --stats --statsclr Fabric commands bcu fabric FC diagnostic commands bcu fcdiag FCoE VLAN commands bcu fcoe FCP initiator mode commands bcu fcpim --query [-l ] --stats [-l ] --statsclr [-l ] --pathtov --profile_on --profile_off --ioperf [-l | r] [-c count] [-i interval] --ioperf [-l ] [-r ] --lunmaskenable --lunmaskdisable 204 --lunmaskquery [-r ] [-l ] --lunmaskadd [-l ] --lunmaskdelete [-l ] Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 BCU commands TABLE 19 B BCU command summary (Continued) --lunmaskclear --lunlist [-l ] [-v verbose] --level [] [-m ] Log commands bcu log Logical port (lport) commands bcu lport --list --query [-l ] --stats [-l ] --statsclr [-l ] Target persistent binding commands Note: Target persistent binding is available in Windows operating systems only. bcu pbind --list --set [-l ] --clear [-l ] --list --update --query --stats PCIFN command bcu pcifn PHY command bcu phy Port commands (physical port) bcu port Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 --list [<-verbose|-terse>] --name [port_name] --enable --disable --stats --statsclr --fwstats --fwstatsclr --query --topology [auto|p2p] --speed [1|2|4|8|16|10|auto] --dfsize [] --mode [HBA|CNA|NIC] --perf [-c count] [-i interval] 205 B BCU commands TABLE 19 BCU command summary (Continued) QoS commands Note: QoS commands apply to the 8 Gbps HBA and 16 Gbps Fabric Adapter only; they are not available at the vHBA level. bcu qos --enable --disable --query --stats --statsclr Target rate limiting commands Note: Target rate limiting is not available at the vHBA level. bcu ratelim --enable --disable --query --defspeed [<1|2|4|8>] Remote port (rport) commands bcu rport --list [-l ] --query [-l ] --stats [-l ] --statsclr [-l ] --osname* [-l ] *osname is obsolete in driver versions 3.0.0 and later. It has been replaced by bcu fcpim --lunlist. Refer to “fcpim” for usage information. Teaming (Windows only) commands. Note: Teams are not supported on virtual NICs (vNICs). bcu team 206 --list --query --create <802.3ad|failover|failback> [..] --addport [..] --remport < [..] --name --primary --xmit_policy [l2|l3_l4] --vlanadd [] --vlanremove --vlanedit --vlanlist --vlanquery Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 BCU commands TABLE 19 B BCU command summary (Continued) Trunk commands bcu trunk --enable --disable --query Version command bcu --version Displays the CLI and driver version number. vHBA commands bcu vhba --query --enable --disable --stats --statsclr --intr <-c> [on] [off] [ ] --create [-b ] --delete --query --enable --disable --stats --statsclr --bw vNIC commands bcu vnic Virtual port (vport) commands Note: The vport commands are not supported on Solaris platforms. bcu vport --create [-n ] [-s ] --delete --query --stats --statsclr supportSave command bfa_supportsave [outdir] Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 207 B adapter adapter Displays and sets physical adapter parameters. The adapter ID can be specified as adapter index, adapter serial number, adapter name, or hardware path. NOTE When trunking is enabled, multiple physical ports are trunked together to form a logical Fibre Channel port. Synopsis bcu adapter - -list

bcu adapter - -query bcu adapter - -enable bcu adapter - -disable bcu adapter - -name [ad_name] bcu adapter - -mode [HBA|CNA|NIC] Description Operands Displays and sets commands that apply to the physical adapter. There can be one or more PCI functions per adapter, which are referred to as ports. Each port exposes a logical Fibre Channel (FC) or Ethernet port. When invoked without operands, this command displays the usage. - -list Lists all adapters in the system. For each adapter in the system, a brief summary line is displayed. - -query Queries and displays the maximum physical functions (PFs) for each port under the adapter. ad_id - -enable ad_id - -disable ad_id - -name Specifies the ID of the adapter you want to query. Enables the adapter. Specifies the ID of the adapter you want to enable. Disables the adapter. Specifies the ID of the adapter you want to disable. Displays or specifies the name of the adapter. The adapter name can be identified either by serial number or by adapter index. Note: Use an empty string (“ “) to clear a previous adapter name. Adapter names are stored persistently. serial-no | adapter index Specifies the serial number or the ID of the adapter for which you want to display information. adapter-name 208 Specifies the adapter name. The name can include up to 15 characters, must begin with a letter, can consist of letters, digits, hyphens, and underscore characters, but must not contain spaces. This operand is optional; if you do not specify an adapter name, the current adapter name displays. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 adapter - -mode B Specifies the Fabric Adapter’s mode , maximum physical functions (PFs) per port, and maximum virtual functions (VFs) per PF. ad_id Specifies the ID of the adapter. HBA|CNA|NIC Specifies the port mode for all ports on the adapter: a single port adapter or dual port adapter can be configured as an HBA, a CNA, or a NIC. By default, the maximum number of physical functions per port is four. • The HBA is configured as an FC adapter that allows storage traffic only. • The CNA is configured as a converged Ethernet adapter that allows • Example network and storage traffic. The NIC is configured as an Ethernet adapter that allows network traffic only. bcu adapter --list AD # NP (Number of ports) HW-path 1 2 0000:01:00 FC Brocade-825 ALX0301D062 - - 2 2 0000:1c:00 CNA BR-1020 ARZ0351D00B - - 3 2 0000:1c:00 CNA BR-1860-2P ARZ0351D00B - - # bcu adapter --query 1 Adapter Information: model info: OEM info: num ports: max speed: chip revision: hw path: Serial Num: name: PCI Information: vendor id: device id: ssvid: PCIe Gen: PCIe lanes: PCI function0: ssid: port: type: PCI function2: ssid: port: type: PCI function1: ssid: port: type: PCI function3: ssid: port: type: Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Type Model-Info Serial-num Name Brocade-1020 N/A 2 10 Gbps Rev-C 11:00 AUS0402F0DW CNA 0x1657 0x0014 0x1657 Gen2 4(Initial number of lanes = 4) 0x0014 0 FC/FCoE 0x0015 0 Ethernet 0x0014 1 FC/FCoE 0x0015 1 Ethernet 209 B adapter Port Information: Port 0: name: p1 pwwn: 10:00:00:05:1e:78:0c:80 nwwn: 20:00:00:05:1e:78:0c:80 hwpath: 11:00:00 name: mac: 00:05:1e:78:0c:82 hwpath: 11:00:02 Port 1: name: p2 pwwn: 10:00:00:05:1e:78:0c:81 nwwn: 20:00:00:05:1e:78:0c:81 hwpath: 11:00:01 name: mac: 00:05:1e:78:0c:83 hwpath: 11:00:03 Flash Information: status: good option ROM version: BIOS: 3.0.0.0_alpha_bld07_20110222_0005 openboot: EFI: fw version: 3.0.0.0_alpha_bld15_20110321_1905 # bcu adapter --query 2 Adapter Information: model info: OEM info: num ports: max speed: chip revision: hw path: Serial Num: name: PCI Information: vendor id: device id: ssvid: PCIe Gen: PCIe lanes: PCI function0: ssid: port: type: PCI function1: ssid: port: type: Port Information: Port 0: name: pwwn: nwwn: hwpath: Port 1: name: pwwn: nwwn: hwpath: 210 Brocade-825 N/A 2 8 Gbps Rev-C 24:00 AVM2533F1FR HBA 0x1657 0x0013 0x1657 Gen2 4(Initial number of lanes = 4) 0x0014 0 FC 0x0014 1 FC 10:00:00:05:33:26:6c:ea 20:00:00:05:33:26:6c:ea 24:00:00 10:00:00:05:33:26:6c:eb 20:00:00:05:33:26:6c:eb 24:00:01 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 adapter B Flash Information: status: good option ROM version: BIOS: 3.0.0.0_alpha_bld07_20110221_1905 openboot: EFI: fw version: 3.0.0.0_alpha_bld15_20110321_1905 # bcu adapter --name 1 emc_fab3_ad5 adapter BRCD1234567's name set to emc_fab3_ad5 # bcu adapter --name 1 adapter BRCD1234567's name is emc_fab3_ad5 # bcu adapter --disable 1 adapter id 1 disabled # bcu adapter --disable 2 adapter id 2 disabled # bcu adapter --enable 1 adapter id 1 enabled # bcu adapter --enable 2 adapter id 2 enabled # bcu adapter --mode 1 HBA adapter BRCD1234567's mode set to FC/HBA # bcu adapter --mode 1 NIC ERROR: adapter BRCD1234567's mode can only be set to FC/HBA # bcu adapter --mode 1 CNA adapter BRCD1234567's mode set to CNA with 4 PFs per port See Also “port” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 211 B auth auth Enables authentication configuration on a per-port basis and the ability to display authentication status and statistics. The port ID can be any one of the following: • • • • • Synopsis Port ID Adapter ID Port world wide name Port name Port hardware path bcu auth - -algo bcu auth - -policy bcu auth - -secret bcu auth - -show bcu auth - -stats bcu auth - -statsclr Description Operands Configures and displays authentication settings and status. - -algo port_id Sets the authentication algorithm. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set the authentication algorithm. md|sha1|ms|sm • MD5 - A hashing algorithm that verifies a message’s integrity using • • • - -policy 212 Message Digest version 5. MD5 produces a 128-bit digest and is the required authentication mechanism for LDAP v3 servers. SHA1 - A secure hashing algorithm that computes a 160-bit message digest for a data file that is provided as input. MD5SH1 - Similar to the MD5 hashing algorithm, but used for DH-CHAP authentication. SHA1MD5 - Similar to the SHA1 hashing algorithm, but used for DH-CHAP authentication. Turns authentication on or off. By default, the authentication policy is disabled. If authentication is enabled, the port attempts to negotiate with the switch. If the switch side does not participate in the authentication process, the port skips the authentication process. If the switch participates in the authentication and authentication fails, the port is placed in a link down state. port_id Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to set the authentication policy. on|off Specifies the state of the authentication policy: “policy 2/1 on” means authentication is turned on, “policy 2/1 off” means authentication is turned off. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 auth - -secret B Sets the shared secret. Note: You cannot clear the secret. port_id Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set the shared secret. secret_string Specifies the secret string. The maximum length of the secret is 63 bytes. The default secret for each interface is its PWWN without the colons; for example, 0102030405060708. Displays the authentication settings and current status. - -show port_id Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display the authentication settings. - -stats Displays the authentication statistics. port_id Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display information. - -statsclr Clears the authentication statistics. port_id Example Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to clear statistics. Here is an example of the output when authentication is successful: # bcu auth - -show 1/0 port Port Status Auth Hash Type 1/0 Linkdown success MD5 Group Type DH-NULL Here is an example of the output when authentication failed: # bcu auth - -show 1/0 port Port Status Auth Hash Type 1/0 Linkdown failed MD5 Group Type DH-NULL Here is an example of the output when authentication is not enabled: # bcu auth - -show 1/0 port Port Status Auth 1/0 Linkup no_auth Hash Type Group Type # bcu auth - -policy 2/1 on Authentication turned on # bcu auth - -policy 2/1 off Authentication turned off # bcu auth - -secret 5/0 “mypasswd” Authentication secret set # bcu auth - -reinit 4/1 Authentication restarted # bcu auth - -stats 4/1 successes: 1 failures: 0 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 213 B auth auth_rx_stats: auth_rjts: 0 auth_negs: 0 auth_dones: 0 dhchap_challenges: 2 dhchap_replies: 0 dhchap_successes: 1 auth_tx_stats: auth_rjts: 0 auth_negs: 2 auth_dones: 0 dhchap_challenges: 0 dhchap_replies: 2 dhchap_successes: 0 # bcu auth - -statsclr 4/1 Successfully cleared auth stats # bcu auth - -algo 4/1 sha1 Authentication algorithm set See Also 214 None Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 bios B bios Enables the basic input/output system (BIOS) in preparation for boot over SAN. The BIOS is the firmware code that, when first powered on, is a type of boot loader. NOTE Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual for more information about configuring BIOS. Synopsis bcu bios --query bcu bios --enable [-s speed] [-o auto|flash|firstlun] [-p pos] [-b pwwn,lun] bcu bios --disable Description You must enable BIOS to support boot over SAN for a port. If disabled, the host system cannot boot from Fibre Channel disk drives. BIOS must be enabled on only one adapter port per host in order to boot from SAN. The default setting for the boot BIOS is enabled. The port ID can be any of the following: • • • • • Operands Adapter ID Port ID Port WWN Port name Port hardware path - -query port_id - -enable Queries the BIOS configuration. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display information. Enables the boot over SAN configuration. port_id Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set the port’s boot over SAN attributes. -s speed Specifies the port speed as auto-negotiate. -o auto|flash|firstlun Specifies the following options for obtaining boot LUN information. This list displays only if BIOS is enabled and Fabric Discovery is disabled. • auto—Enables fabric discovery. When enabled, the boot LUN • • -p pos Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 identification is provided by the fabric. flash—The adapter obtains the boot LUN information from flash memory. Values are saved to flash when you configure them and save them through the BIOS Configuration Utility, HCM, and BCU. firstlun—The host boots from the first LUN visible to the adapter that is discovered in the fabric. Specifies the position for storing the boot LUN information in the -b pwwn,lun operand. The range is from 0 through 3. The LUN information specified in position 0 is used first to boot from SAN, then information specified for positions 1, 2, and 3. 215 B bios -b pwwn,lun Specifies the host boots from the LUN information defined by the target port world wide name (PWWN) and LUN value (lun). Specify the PWWN as a colon-separated value and the LUN as a 64-bit decimal value. The LUN must be the same LUN that you bound to the port using the storage system’s management or configuration utility. - -disable port_id Example Disables boot over SAN for the specified port, if enabled. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to disable the boot over SAN configuration. # bcu bios --query 1/0 boot over SAN: enabled port speed: Auto Boot luns discovered from the fabric boot lun 0: target wwn: 10:20:30:40:50:60:70:80 lun: 1000-a5d4-e800-0000 boot lun 1: target wwn: 10:20:30:40:50:60:70:80 lun: 0400-0000-0000-0000 boot lun 2: target wwn: 10:20:30:40:50:60:70:82 lun: 012c-0000-0000-0000 boot lun 3: target wwn: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:01 lun: 8cd9-3907-0000-0000 Pre-boot Configuration: Speed: 2/4/8/Auto for 8G cards BIOS: Enabled/Disabled Number of boot luns: 8 Boot LUN 0 : , Boot LUN 1 : , Boot LUN 2 : , Boot LUN 3 : , Boot LUN 4 : , Boot LUN 5 : , Boot LUN 6 : , Boot LUN 7 : , # bcu bios --enable 1/0 -b 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88,0 boot cfg updated. # bcu bios --enable 1/0 -s 1 -o auto -b 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88,0 boot cfg updated. # bcu bios --disable 1/0 boot over san disabled See Also 216 “boot” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 boot B boot Allows the host’s boot LUN information to be stored in the fabric zone database using a zone name containing the PWWN of an adapter port and zone members consisting of the storage target PWWN and LUN WWN. The adapter boot code can query the zone member list for the zone name that matches the adapter PWWN to determine the boot target and LUN. NOTE A system reboot is required for the newly-updated image to be effective. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual for information about creating zones on the switch where the adapter is connected. NOTE On Solaris systems, the Update Boot Image menu is disabled if the host does not have a Fibre Channel HBA card or if the driver version is 1.1.0.7 or earlier. Synopsis bcu boot - -blunZone -c -p -r -l bcu boot - -update [adapter_id] [-a] Description Operands Boot commands allow the host’s boot LUN information to be stored in the fabric zone database using a zone name and allow for the update of the boot code in flash memory. - -blunZone Generates the zonecreate command to be run on the switch. -c cfg Specifies the boot LUN (BLUN) of the boot command. -p port_wwn Specifies the world wide name of the port (specified as a colon-separated value). -r rport_wwn Specifies the world wide name of the remote port (rport). -l lun_id Specifies the ID of the logical unit. The LUN ID is specified as a hexadecimal byte; for example, FF. -l lun# Specifies the number of the logical unit. The LUN number is specified as a hexadecimal, eight-byte string; for example, 09AABBCCDDEEFF00. - -update Updates the boot code in flash. adapter_id Specifies the ID of the adapter on which boot code is updated. The adapter id could be any one of the following: adapter serial number, adapter name, or adapter hardware path. image_file Specifies the name of the boot code image file. -a Indicates the boot code is updated to all the Brocade adapters found on the host. The adapter_id is not specified if -a is specified. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 217 B boot Example # bcu boot - -update 1 brocade_adapter_boot_fw_v2-2-0-0 Boot code updated successfully A reboot of the system is needed for the newly updated image to be effective. # bcu boot - -blunZone -c BLUN -p 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:cb -r 50:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:ca -l 09AABBCCDDEEFF00 To create the zone, copy the following line and run this command from the switch command line. zonecreate “BFA_100000051E419ACB_BLUN”,”00:00:00:00:50:00:00:05; 00:00:00:01:1e:41:9a:ca; 00:00:00:02:09:aa:bb:cc, 00:00:00:03:dd:ee:ff:00” See Also 218 “bios” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 dcb B dcb Displays Data Center Bridging (DCB) information on the port. The Port ID could be any of the following: • • • • Adapter ID Port ID Port name Port hardware path NOTE All switches must be in non-willing mode. Synopsis bcu dcb - -query bcu dcb - -stats bcu dcb - -statsclr Operands - -query port_id - -stats port_id - -statsclr port_id Examples Queries the DCB port information. Specifies the ID of the adapter (CNA). Displays the DCB port statistics. Specifies the ID of the converged network adapter for which you will print the statistics. Clears the DCB port statistics. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to clear statistical information. # bcu dcb - -query 1/0 DCB status: Active ---------------------------------------Remote LLDP-Attributes ---------------------------------------Time to Live 120 Chassis ID 00:05:1e:54:18:ce Port ID Te 0/4 Port Desc -System Name -System Desc -System Cap BRIDGE ---------------------------------------Operational DCB Map: --------------------Priority Group Table Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 219 B dcb 7: Weight 0, PFC Disabled Priority Table CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ---------------------------------------------PGID: 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 FCoE Priority Table 2 FCoE Logical Link Status: Up Network Priority: 0 DCBCXP version: DCB 2 # bcu dcb - -stats 1/0 DCB Statistics: LLDP Tx Frames LLDP Rx Frames LLDP Rx Frames invalid LLDP Rx Frames new LLDP Rx unrecognized TLVs LLDP Rx shutdown TLVs LLDP remote info aged out DCBX phy link ups DCBX phy link downs DCBX Rx TLVs DCBX Rx TLVs invalid DCBX control TLV errors DCBX feature TLV errors DCBX new DCB cfg rcvd DCB status down DCB status up DCB hw cfg changed DCB invalid cfg : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 560 563 0 6 6 0 0 2 1 4 0 0 0 2 1 2 2 2 # bcu dcb - -statsclr 1/0 Successfully reset the port dcb statistics See Also 220 None Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 debug B debug The debug commands gather support information on Fibre Channel components. The port ID can be any one of the following: • • • • • Synopsis Port ID Adapter ID Port world wide name Port name Port hardware path bcu debug - -portlog bcu debug - -portlogclear bcu debug - -portlogctl Description Operands Captures all the support information needed to diagnose suspected system issues. - -portlog Displays the log of FC frames and other main control messages that were sent out and received. If the port log is disabled, the following message displays as the first line: WARNING: port log is disabled. pcifn - -portlogclear pcifn - -portlogctl Example Specifies the PCI function number. Clears the port’s frame log. Specifies the PCI function number. Enables or disables the port log. pcifn Specifies the PCI function number. enable Enables the portlogclear command. disable Disables the portlogclear command. # bcu debug - -portlog 1/0 Total records present = 14 --------------------------------------------------------------------------time event port code args --------------------------------------------------------------------------08:35:28.430 fwm 10/0 00 00001234, 00050001 08:35:28.431 mbox 10/0 01 00001234, 00050001 08:35:28.433 ioctl 10/0 90 101d9910,0 08:35:28.433 Tx 10/0 164 02fffffd, 00fffffd, 0005ffff, 10000000 08:35:28.433 Rx 10/0 0 c0fffffd, 00fffffd, 00050006 08:35:28.433 Rx 10/0 164 03fffffd, 00fffffd, 00050006, 02000000 08:35:28.433 Tx 10/0 0 c0fffffd, 00ffffd, 00050006 08:35:28.433 ioctl 10/0 91 103646d8, 0 08:35:28.466 ioctl 10/0 a7 3c, 1 08:35:28.483 Tx 10/0 96 02fffffd, 00fffffd, 0006ffff, 11100060 08:35:28.483 Rx 10/0 0 c0fffffd, 00fffffd, 00060007 08:35:28.483 Rx 10/0 96 03fffffd, 00fffffd, 00060007, 02100060 08:35:28.483 Tx 10/0 0 c0fffffd, 00fffffd, 00060007 08:35:28.483 ioctl 10/0 a1 0,0 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 221 B debug --------------------------------------------------------------------------# bcu debug - -portlog 1/1 Total records present = 26 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Time Module Event Len Log info --------------------------------------------------------------------------13fe083a Driver drvstrt 0 Driver Attach 14471130 HAL pstchg 0 Port Linkup 1447135f FCXP Tx 140 01290000,00000000,00080000,03000000 14471361 FCXP Tx 32 01290000,00000000,00080000,62000000 14471498 FCXP Rx 116 01980000,6c000000,051e7609,02000000 1447149c FCXP Tx 301 20290000,00000000,00080000,01000000 1447150d FCXP Rx 4 01980000,6d000000,051e7609,02000000 1447190e FCXP Rx 16 20980000,6e000000,051e7609,01000000 14471910 FCXP Tx 76 20290000,00000000,00080000,01000000 14471a29 FCXP Rx 16 20980000,6f000000,051e7609,01000000 14471a2b FCXP Tx 48 20290000,00000000,00080000,01000000 14471b28 FCXP Rx 16 20980000,70000000,051e7609,01000000 14471b2a FCXP Tx 44 20290000,00000000,00080000,01000000 14471b2d FCXP Tx 140 01290000,00000000,00080000,03000000 14471c11 FCXP Rx 116 01980000,71000000,051e7609,02000000 14471c18 FCXP Tx 176 20290000,00000000,00080000,01000000 14471c19 FCXP Tx 48 20290000,00000000,00080000,01000000 14471d1a FCXP Rx 16 20980000,72000000,051e7609,01000000 14471e0e FCXP Rx 16 20980000,73000000,051e7609,01000000 14472027 FCXP Rx 788 20980000,74000000,051e7609,01000000 14472029 FCXP Tx 48 20290000,00000000,00080000,01000000 14472144 FCXP Rx 24 20980000,75000000,051e7609,01000000 14613597 FCXP Tx 176 20290000,00000000,00080000,01000000 14613745 FCXP Rx 16 20980000,76000000,051e7609,01000000 147fb9b6 FCXP Tx 176 20290000,00000000,00080000,01000000 147fbb68 FCXP Rx 16 20980000,77000000,051e7609,01000000 --------------------------------------------------------------------------# bcu debug - -portlogclear 1/0 portlog cleared # bcu debug - -portlogctl 1/0 enable portlog enabled # bcu debug - -portlogctl 1/0 disable portlog disabled # bcu debug - -portlogctl 1/0 disable portlog disabled # bfa_supportsave ===== Fetching Driver trace for instance 1/0/0 =================== Done. =================== Fetching Driver trace for instance 1/1/1 =================== Done. =================== Fetching Driver trace for instance 2/0/0 =================== =================== Fetching Driver trace for instance 2/0/2 =================== Done. =================== Fetching Driver trace for instance 2/1/1 =================== =================== Fetching Driver trace for instance 2/1/3 =================== Done. ================== Fetching Firmware traces/logs for port 1/0 ================== 222 Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 debug B Done. ================== Fetching Firmware traces/logs for port 1/1 ================== Done. ============= Dumping the PBC Flash Partition Contents for port 1/0 ============ Done. ============= Dumping the PBC Flash Partition Contents for port 1/1 ============ Done. ================== Fetching Firmware traces/logs for port 2/0 ================== Done. ================== Fetching Firmware traces/logs for port 2/1 ================== Done. ============= Dumping the PBC Flash Partition Contents for port 2/0 ============ See Also None Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 223 B diag diag Lists the non-destructive group of diagnostic commands. The port can be identified using the adapter index, the port index, the port name, or the port world wide name. Before you run the loopback test, disable the physical port using the bcu port --disable command. Before you run the memtest, disable the adapter using the bcu adapter --disable command. The port ID can be any one of the following: • Port ID • Adapter ID • Port world wide name NOTE The bcu diag --sfpshow and bcu diag --beacon commands are not supported on the Brocade 804 mezzanine card or the Brocade 1007 and Brocade 1741 expansion cards. Synopsis bcu diag - -sfpshow bcu diag - -tempshow bcu diag - -beacon [] bcu diag - -pciloopback [-c [-t ] [-s ] [-c ] [-p ] bcu diag - -ethloopback [-t ] [-c ] [-p ] bcu diag - -memtest bcu diag - -queuetest [-q ] Description Operands Displays the group of diagnostic commands that are non-destructive and indicates when the adapter is running at a normal operation state. - -sfpshow port_id Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to display the SFP attributes. - -tempshow Reads the adapter’s temperature sensor registers of the adapter. This is an online diagnostic test. ad_id - -beacon 224 Displays the SFP information.  Note: A notification occurs for any parameter that is not within the configured power, temperature, voltage, and current specification or policy. Specifies the ID of the adapter for which you want to display temperature in degrees Celsius. Controls the port and link end-to-end beaconing. End-to-end (E2E) beaconing can be enabled on Brocade 8 Gbps HBAs and 16 Gbps Fabric Adapters to allow the local HBA to flash (beacon) and also cause the connected Fibre Channel switch port to uniquely beacon. This is an online diagnostic test. port_id Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to beacon. on | off Turns end-to-end beaconing on or off. Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 diag duration - -pciloopback B Displays the beacon time duration in seconds. Beaconing is automatically turned off after the specified duration. If the duration is set to 0, beaconing continues until it is explicitly turned off. The default duration is 0. Sends a health check message back and forth from the host to the I/O Controller (IOC) through the host engine over the PCI. pcifn Specifies the PCI function number. pattern Displays the data pattern. -c frame_count Specifies the frame count range, from 1 through 131072. The default value is 65536. - -loopback port_id Tests the data path from the IOC to the desired network loopback point (internal, serdes, external) and back. This is an offline diagnostic test. Specifies the identifier of the port on which you want to run the loopback test. -t loopback_type Specifies the loopback test type. Possible values include the following test types: • int - Internal loopback, the default • serdes - SerDes loopback • ext - External loopback If the loopback type is not specified, all loopback tests run. -s speed Specifies the link speed as 10, 8, 4, 2, or 1 Gbps. This is an optional parameter. If not specified, the default speed for a specific adapter is tested: • The default speed for 16 Gbps, 8 Gbps, and 4 Gbps FC HBAs is 4 Gbps. • The default speed for 10 Gbps FCoE CNAs is 10 Gbps. -c frame_count Specifies the frame count range, from 1 through 131072. The default value is 65536. -p pattern - -ethloopback Specifies the pattern (must be one hex word). The Ethernet Port Loopback Test generates and sends out the desired number of packets and expects to receive the same number of packets through the loopback interface (Serdes or external). Each time a packet is sent, it is selected from a different starting point of the data buffer so that any two consecutively transmitted packets will not be the same. Before you run the ethloopback test, disable the physical port using the bcu port --disable command. port_id Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to run a loopback test. -t loopback_type Specifies the loopback type. Possible values are serdes or ext (external). The default is serdes. -c frame_count Specifies the number of loopback frames to be sent during the test. Possible values are 1 through 131072 frames and the default is 65536. -p pattern - -memtest port_id Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 Specifies the pattern (must be one hex word), with no 0x prefix. Performs a generic memory test using different algorithms. This is an offline diagnostic test and the adapter must be disabled to execute this test. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to test the memory blocks. 225 B diag - -queuetest port_id Tests the CPE and RME queue. This is an online diagnostic test. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to run a queuetest. -q queue_number Specifies the CPE queue number from 0 to 3. If the CPE queue number is not specified, all queues are tested. Examples # bcu diag - -sfpshow 1/0 Identifier: 3 SFP Connector: 7 LC Transceiver: 0000000000000010 10G_BASE-SR Encoding: 6 64B66B Baud Rate: 103 (units 100 megabaud) Length 9u: 0 (units km) Length 9u: 0 (units 100 meters) Length 50u: 8 (units 10 meters) Length 62.5u: 3 (units 10 meters) Length Cu: 0 (units 1 meter) Vendor Name: BROCADE Vendor OUI: 00:05:1e Vendor PN: 57-0000075-01 Vendor Rev: A Wavelength: 352 (units nm) Options: 001a Rx_LOS TX_FAULT TX_DISABLE BR Max: 0 BR Min: 0 Serial No: AAF108500000FYJ Date Code: 081211 Temperature: 31.824219 Centigrade Current: 7.806000 mAmps Voltage: 3.280900 V RX Power: 0.285000 mW Tx Power: 0.563000 mW Alarm/Warning: 00000000 # bcu diag - -tempshow 1/0 Junction temperature: 45.547400 C # bcu diag - -beacon 1/1 on Port beacon turned on To run the ethloopback test over adapter 1, port 0 in the external mode, with a count of 1024 frames and a pattern of test1, run the following command: # bcu port - -disable 1/0 # bcu diag - -ethloopback 1/0 -t ext -c 1024 -p test1 See Also 226 “fcdiag” Brocade Adapters Administrator’s Guide 53-1002143-01 drvconf B drvconf Sets the basic parameters for the driver to function properly. Note: The drvconf commands are supported on Windows platforms only. Synopsis Description bcu drvconf - -key ] - -val - -query [-d] Changes the values for basic Windows registry entry parameters. NOTE You can directly change these values by editing the Windows registry entries for these values, or you can use the drvconf commands for the same purpose. Operands Example - -key key_name The name of the bfa key. - -val value Sets the value of the bfa key. See below for possible values and default settings. - -query Prints the current settings for the FC and FCoE driver. # bcu drvconf --key [--val ] Available commands are: --key [--val

Brocade Adapters Administrator`s Guide

Rating

Date

Size

Views

Categories

Share

Transcript

Forgot your password?.